]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
man/html: fix invocation for pages which are *not* symlinks
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 247 in spe:
4
5 * KERNEL API INCOMPATIBILTY: Linux 4.12 introduced two new uevents
6 "bind" and "unbind" to the Linux device model. When this kernel
7 change was made, systemd-udevd was only minimally updated to handle
8 and propagate these new event types. The introduction of these new
9 uevents (which are typically generated for USB devices and devices
10 needing a firmware upload before being functional) resulted in a
11 number of software issues, we so far didn't address (mostly because
12 there was hope the kernel maintainers would themeselves address these
13 issues in some form – which did not happen). To handle them properly,
14 many (if not most) udev rules files shipped in various packages need
15 updating, and so do many programs that monitor or enumerate devices
16 with libudev or sd-device, or otherwise process uevents. Please note
17 that this incompatibility is not fault of systemd or udev, but caused
18 by an incompatible kernel change that happened back in Linux 4.12.
19
20 To minimize issues resulting from this kernel change (but not avoid
21 them entirely) starting with systemd-udevd 247 the udev "tags"
22 concept (which is a concept for marking and filtering devices during
23 enumeration and monitoring) has been reworked: udev tags are now
24 "sticky", meaning that once a tag is assigned to a device it will not
25 be removed from the device again until the device itself is removed
26 (i.e. unplugged). This makes sure that any application monitoring
27 devices that match a specific tag is guaranteed to both see uevents
28 where the device starts being relevant, and those where it stops
29 being relevant (the latter now regularly happening due to the new
30 "unbind" uevent type). The udev tags concept is hence now a concept
31 tied to a *device* instead of a device *event* — unlike for example
32 udev properties whose lifecycle (as before) is generally tied to a
33 device event, meaning that the previously determined properties are
34 forgotten whenever a new uevent is processed.
35
36 With the newly redefined udev tags concept, sometimes it's necessary
37 to determine which tags are the ones applied by the most recent
38 uevent/database update, in order to discern them from those
39 originating from earlier uevents/database updates of the same
40 device. To accommodate for this a new automatic property CURRENT_TAGS
41 has been added that works similar to the existing TAGS property but
42 only lists tags set by the most recent uevent/database
43 update. Similar, the libudev/sd-device API has been updated with new
44 functions to enumerate these 'current' tags, in addition to the
45 existing APIs that now enumerate the 'sticky' ones.
46
47 To properly handle "bind"/"unbind" on Linux 4.12 and newer it is
48 essential that all udev rules files and applications are updated to
49 handle the new events. Specifically:
50
51 • All rule files that currently use a header guard similar to
52 ACTION!="add|change",GOTO="xyz_end" should be updated to use
53 ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end" instead, so that the
54 properties/tags they add are also applied whenever "bind" (or
55 "unbind") is seen. (This is most important for all physical device
56 types — as that's for which "bind" and "unbind" are currently
57 usually generated, for all other device types this change is still
58 recommended but not as important — but certainly prepares for
59 future kernel uevent type additions).
60
61 • Similar, all code monitoring devices that contains an 'if' branch
62 discerning the "add" + "change" uevent actions from all other
63 uevents actions (i.e. considering devices only relevant after "add"
64 or "change", and irrelevant on all other events) should be reworked
65 to instead negatively check for "remove" only (i.e. considering
66 devices relevant after all event types, except for "remove", which
67 invalidates the device). Note that this also means that devices
68 should be considered relevant on "unbind", even though conceptually
69 this — in some form — invalidates the device. Since the precise
70 effect of "unbind" is not generically defined, devices should be
71 considered relevant even after "unbind", however I/O errors
72 accessing the device should then be handled gracefully.
73
74 • Any code that uses device tags for deciding whether a device is
75 relevant or not most likely needs to be updated to use the new
76 udev_device_has_current_tag() API (or sd_device_has_current_tag()
77 in case sd-device is used), to check whether the tag is set
78 at the moment an uevent is seen (as opposed to the existing
79 udev_device_has_tag() API which checks if the tag ever existed on
80 the device, following the API concept redefinition explained
81 above).
82
83 We are very sorry for this breakage and the requirement to update
84 packages using these interfaces. We'd again like to underline that
85 this is not caused by systemd/udev changes, but result of a kernel
86 behaviour change.
87
88 * Since PAM 1.2.0 (2015) configuration snippets may be placed in
89 /usr/lib/pam.d/ in addition to /etc/pam.d/. If a file exists in the
90 latter it takes precedence over the former, similar to how most of
91 systemd's own configuration is handled. Given that PAM stack
92 definitions are primarily put together by OS vendors/distributions
93 (though possibly overridden by users), this systemd release moves its
94 own PAM stack configuration for the "systemd-user" PAM service (i.e.
95 for the PAM session invoked by the per-user user@.service instance)
96 from /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/. We recommend moving all
97 packages' vendor versions of their PAM stack definitions from
98 /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/, but if such OS-wide migration is not
99 desired the location to which systemd installs its PAM stack
100 configuration file may be changed via the "pamconfdir" meson variable
101 at build time, optionally undoing this change of default paths
102 introduced with systemd 247.
103
104 CHANGES WITH 246:
105
106 * The service manager gained basic support for cgroup v2 freezer. Units
107 can now be suspended or resumed either using new systemctl verbs,
108 freeze and thaw respectively, or via D-Bus.
109
110 * PID 1 may now automatically load pre-compiled AppArmor policies from
111 /etc/apparmor/earlypolicy during early boot.
112
113 * The CPUAffinity= setting in service unit files now supports a new
114 special value "numa" that causes the CPU affinity masked to be set
115 based on the NUMA mask.
116
117 * systemd will now log about all left-over processes remaining in a
118 unit when the unit is stopped. It will now warn about services using
119 KillMode=none, as this is generally an unsafe thing to make use of.
120
121 * Two new unit file settings
122 ConditionPathIsEncrypted=/AssertPathIsEncrypted= have been
123 added. They may be used to check whether a specific file system path
124 resides on a block device that is encrypted on the block level
125 (i.e. using dm-crypt/LUKS).
126
127 * Another pair of new settings ConditionEnvironment=/AssertEnvironment=
128 has been added that may be used for simple environment checks. This
129 is particularly useful when passing in environment variables from a
130 container manager (or from PAM in case of the systemd --user
131 instance).
132
133 * .service unit files now accept a new setting CoredumpFilter= which
134 allows configuration of the memory sections coredumps of the
135 service's processes shall include.
136
137 * .mount units gained a new ReadWriteOnly= boolean option. If set
138 it will not be attempted to mount a file system read-only if mounting
139 in read-write mode doesn't succeed. An option x-systemd.rw-only is
140 available in /etc/fstab to control the same.
141
142 * .socket units gained a new boolean setting PassPacketInfo=. If
143 enabled, the kernel will attach additional per-packet metadata to all
144 packets read from the socket, as an ancillary message. This controls
145 the IP_PKTINFO, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, NETLINK_PKTINFO socket options,
146 depending on socket type.
147
148 * .service units gained a new setting RootHash= which may be used to
149 specify the root hash for verity enabled disk images which are
150 specified in RootImage=. RootVerity= may be used to specify a path to
151 the Verity data matching a RootImage= file system. (The latter is
152 only useful for images that do not contain the Verity data embedded
153 into the same image that carries a GPT partition table following the
154 Discoverable Partition Specification). Similarly, systemd-nspawn
155 gained a new switch --verity-data= that takes a path to a file with
156 the verity data of the disk image supplied in --image=, if the image
157 doesn't contain the verity data itself.
158
159 * .service units gained a new setting RootHashSignature= which takes
160 either a base64 encoded PKCS#7 signature of the root hash specified
161 with RootHash=, or a path to a file to read the signature from. This
162 allows validation of the root hash against public keys available in
163 the kernel keyring, and is only supported on recent kernels
164 (>= 5.4)/libcryptsetup (>= 2.30). A similar switch has been added to
165 systemd-nspawn and systemd-dissect (--root-hash-sig=). Support for
166 this mechanism has also been added to systemd-veritysetup.
167
168 * .service unit files gained two new options
169 TimeoutStartFailureMode=/TimeoutStopFailureMode= that may be used to
170 tune behaviour if a start or stop timeout is hit, i.e. whether to
171 terminate the service with SIGTERM, SIGABRT or SIGKILL.
172
173 * Most options in systemd that accept hexadecimal values prefixed with
174 0x in additional to the usual decimal notation now also support octal
175 notation when the 0o prefix is used and binary notation if the 0b
176 prefix is used.
177
178 * Various command line parameters and configuration file settings that
179 configure key or certificate files now optionally take paths to
180 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system. If configured that way a stream
181 connection is made to the socket and the required data read from
182 it. This is a simple and natural extension to the existing regular
183 file logic, and permits other software to provide keys or
184 certificates via simple IPC services, for example when unencrypted
185 storage on disk is not desired. Specifically, systemd-networkd's
186 Wireguard and MACSEC key file settings as well as
187 systemd-journal-gatewayd's and systemd-journal-remote's PEM
188 key/certificate parameters support this now.
189
190 * Unit files, tmpfiles.d/ snippets, sysusers.d/ snippets and other
191 configuration files that support specifier expansion learnt six new
192 specifiers: %a resolves to the current architecture, %o/%w/%B/%W
193 resolve to the various ID fields from /etc/os-release, %l resolves to
194 the "short" hostname of the system, i.e. the hostname configured in
195 the kernel truncated at the first dot.
196
197 * Support for the .include syntax in unit files has been removed. The
198 concept has been obsolete for 6 years and we started warning about
199 its pending removal 2 years ago (also see NEWS file below). It's
200 finally gone now.
201
202 * StandardError= and StandardOutput= in unit files no longer support
203 the "syslog" and "syslog-console" switches. They were long removed
204 from the documentation, but will now result in warnings when used,
205 and be converted to "journal" and "journal+console" automatically.
206
207 * If the service setting User= is set to the "nobody" user, a warning
208 message is now written to the logs (but the value is nonetheless
209 accepted). Setting User=nobody is unsafe, since the primary purpose
210 of the "nobody" user is to own all files whose owner cannot be mapped
211 locally. It's in particular used by the NFS subsystem and in user
212 namespacing. By running a service under this user's UID it might get
213 read and even write access to all these otherwise unmappable files,
214 which is quite likely a major security problem.
215
216 * tmpfs mounts automatically created by systemd (/tmp, /run, /dev/shm,
217 and others) now have a size and inode limits applied (50% of RAM for
218 /tmp and /dev/shm, 10% of RAM for other mounts, etc.). Please note
219 that the implicit kernel default is 50% too, so there is no change
220 in the size limit for /tmp and /dev/shm.
221
222 * nss-mymachines lost support for resolution of users and groups, and
223 now only does resolution of hostnames. This functionality is now
224 provided by nss-systemd. Thus, the 'mymachines' entry should be
225 removed from the 'passwd:' and 'group:' lines in /etc/nsswitch.conf
226 (and 'systemd' added if it is not already there).
227
228 * A new kernel command line option systemd.hostname= has been added
229 that allows controlling the hostname that is initialized early during
230 boot.
231
232 * A kernel command line option "udev.blockdev_read_only" has been
233 added. If specified all hardware block devices that show up are
234 immediately marked as read-only by udev. This option is useful for
235 making sure that a specific boot under no circumstances modifies data
236 on disk. Use "blockdev --setrw" to undo the effect of this, per
237 device.
238
239 * A new boolean kernel command line option systemd.swap= has been
240 added, which may be used to turn off automatic activation of swap
241 devices listed in /etc/fstab.
242
243 * New kernel command line options systemd.condition-needs-update= and
244 systemd.condition-first-boot= have been added, which override the
245 result of the ConditionNeedsUpdate= and ConditionFirstBoot=
246 conditions.
247
248 * A new kernel command line option systemd.clock-usec= has been added
249 that allows setting the system clock to the specified time in µs
250 since Jan 1st, 1970 early during boot. This is in particular useful
251 in order to make test cases more reliable.
252
253 * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows
254 systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving
255 the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of
256 the process that faulted.
257
258 * The /sys/module/kernel/parameters/crash_kexec_post_notifiers file is
259 now automatically set to "Y" at boot, in order to enable pstore
260 generation for collection with systemd-pstore.
261
262 * We provide a set of udev rules to enable auto-suspend on PCI and USB
263 devices that were tested to correctly support it. Previously, this
264 was distributed as a set of udev rules, but has now been replaced by
265 by a set of hwdb entries (and a much shorter udev rule to take action
266 if the device modalias matches one of the new hwdb entries).
267
268 As before, entries are periodically imported from the database
269 maintained by the ChromiumOS project. If you have a device that
270 supports auto-suspend correctly and where it should be enabled by
271 default, please submit a patch that adds it to the database (see
272 /usr/lib/udev/hwdb.d/60-autosuspend.hwdb).
273
274 * systemd-udevd gained the new configuration option timeout_signal= as well
275 as a corresponding kernel command line option udev.timeout_signal=.
276 The option can be used to configure the UNIX signal that the main
277 daemon sends to the worker processes on timeout. Setting the signal
278 to SIGABRT is useful for debugging.
279
280 * .link files managed by systemd-udevd gained options RxFlowControl=,
281 TxFlowControl=, AutoNegotiationFlowControl= in the [Link] section, in
282 order to configure various flow control parameters. They also gained
283 RxMiniBufferSize= and RxJumboBufferSize= in order to configure jumbo
284 frame ring buffer sizes.
285
286 * networkd.conf gained a new boolean setting ManageForeignRoutes=. If
287 enabled systemd-networkd manages all routes configured by other tools.
288
289 * .network files managed by systemd-networkd gained a new section
290 [SR-IOV], in order to configure SR-IOV capable network devices.
291
292 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6Prefix] section in .network files gained a
293 new boolean setting Assign=. If enabled an address from the prefix is
294 automatically assigned to the interface.
295
296 * systemd-networkd gained a new section [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] which
297 controls delegated prefixes assigned by DHCPv6 client. The section
298 has three settings: SubnetID=, Assign=, and Token=. The setting
299 SubnetID= allows explicit configuration of the preferred subnet that
300 systemd-networkd's Prefix Delegation logic assigns to interfaces. If
301 Assign= is enabled (which is the default) an address from any acquired
302 delegated prefix is automatically chosen and assigned to the
303 interface. The setting Token= specifies an optional address generation
304 mode for Assign=.
305
306 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
307 IPv4AcceptLocal=. If enabled the interface accepts packets with local
308 source addresses.
309
310 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the HTB queuing
311 discipline in the [HierarchyTokenBucket] and
312 [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] sections. Similar the "pfifo" qdisc may
313 be configured in the [PFIFO] section, "GRED" in
314 [GenericRandomEarlyDetection], "SFB" in [StochasticFairBlue], "cake"
315 in [CAKE], "PIE" in [PIE], "DRR" in [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] and
316 [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass], "BFIFO" in [BFIFO],
317 "PFIFOHeadDrop" in [PFIFOHeadDrop], "PFIFOFast" in [PFIFOFast], "HHF"
318 in [HeavyHitterFilter], "ETS" in [EnhancedTransmissionSelection] and
319 "QFQ" in [QuickFairQueueing] and [QuickFairQueueingClass].
320
321 * systemd-networkd gained support for a new Termination= setting in the
322 [CAN] section for configuring the termination resistor. It also
323 gained a new ListenOnly= setting for controlling whether to only
324 listen on CAN interfaces, without interfering with traffic otherwise
325 (which is useful for debugging/monitoring CAN network
326 traffic). DataBitRate=, DataSamplePoint=, FDMode=, FDNonISO= have
327 been added to configure various CAN-FD aspects.
328
329 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new option WithoutRA=.
330 When enabled, DHCPv6 will be attempted right-away without requiring an
331 Router Advertisement packet suggesting it first (i.e. without the 'M'
332 or 'O' flags set). The [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained a boolean option
333 DHCPv6Client= that may be used to turn off the DHCPv6 client even if
334 the RA packets suggest it.
335
336 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] section gained a new setting UseGateway=
337 which may be used to turn off use of the gateway information provided
338 by the DHCP lease. A new FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec= setting may be
339 used to configure how to process leases that lack a lifetime option.
340
341 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] and [DHCPServer] sections gained a new
342 setting SendVendorOption= allowing configuration of additional vendor
343 options to send in the DHCP requests/responses. The [DHCPv6] section
344 gained a new SendOption= setting for sending arbitrary DHCP
345 options. RequestOptions= has been added to request arbitrary options
346 from the server. UserClass= has been added to set the DHCP user class
347 field.
348
349 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPServer] section gained a new set of options
350 EmitPOP3=/POP3=, EmitSMTP=/SMTP=, EmitLPR=/LPR= for including server
351 information about these three protocols in the DHCP lease. It also
352 gained support for including "MUD" URLs ("Manufacturer Usage
353 Description"). Support for "MUD" URLs was also added to the LLDP
354 stack, configurable in the [LLDP] section in .network files.
355
356 * The Mode= settings in [MACVLAN] and [MACVTAP] now support 'source'
357 mode. Also, the sections now support a new setting SourceMACAddress=.
358
359 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files now support a new setting
360 VLANProtocol= in the [Bridge] section that allows configuration of
361 the VLAN protocol to use.
362
363 * systemd-networkd supports a new Group= setting in the [Link] section
364 of the .network files, to control the link group.
365
366 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new
367 IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode= setting, which specifies how IPv6
368 link local address is generated.
369
370 * A new default .network file is now shipped that matches TUN/TAP
371 devices that begin with "vt-" in their name. Such interfaces will
372 have IP routing onto the host links set up automatically. This is
373 supposed to be used by VM managers to trivially acquire a network
374 interface which is fully set up for host communication, simply by
375 carefully picking an interface name to use.
376
377 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting RouteMetric=
378 which sets the route priority for routes specified by the DHCP server.
379
380 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting VendorClass=
381 which configures the vendor class information sent to DHCP server.
382
383 * The BlackList= settings in .network files' [DHCPv4] and
384 [IPv6AcceptRA] sections have been renamed DenyList=. The old names
385 are still understood to provide compatibility.
386
387 * networkctl gained the new "forcerenew" command for forcing all DHCP
388 server clients to renew their lease. The interface "status" output
389 will now show numerous additional fields of information about an
390 interface. There are new "up" and "down" commands to bring specific
391 interfaces up or down.
392
393 * systemd-resolved's DNS= configuration option now optionally accepts a
394 port number (after ":") and a host name (after "#"). When the host
395 name is specified, the DNS-over-TLS certificate is validated to match
396 the specified hostname. Additionally, in case of IPv6 addresses, an
397 interface may be specified (after "%").
398
399 * systemd-resolved may be configured to forward single-label DNS names.
400 This is not standard-conformant, but may make sense in setups where
401 public DNS servers are not used.
402
403 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
404
405 * systemd-nspawn's --resolv-conf= switch gained a number of new
406 supported values. Specifically, options starting with "replace-" are
407 like those prefixed "copy-" but replace any existing resolv.conf
408 file. And options ending in "-uplink" and "-stub" can now be used to
409 propagate other flavours of resolv.conf into the container (as
410 defined by systemd-resolved).
411
412 * The various programs included in systemd can now optionally output
413 their log messages on stderr prefixed with a timestamp, controlled by
414 the $SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME environment variable.
415
416 * systemctl gained a new "-P" switch that is a shortcut for "--value
417 --property=…".
418
419 * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide
420 their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column,
421 use --plain.
422
423 * "systemctl reboot" takes the option "--reboot-argument=".
424 The optional positional argument to "systemctl reboot" is now
425 being deprecated in favor of this option.
426
427 * systemd-run gained a new switch --slice-inherit. If specified the
428 unit it generates is placed in the same slice as the systemd-run
429 process itself.
430
431 * systemd-journald gained support for zstd compression of large fields
432 in journal files. The hash tables in journal files have been hardened
433 against hash collisions. This is an incompatible change and means
434 that journal files created with new systemd versions are not readable
435 with old versions. If the $SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_KEYED_HASH boolean
436 environment variable for systemd-journald.service is set to 0 this
437 new hardening functionality may be turned off, so that generated
438 journal files remain compatible with older journalctl
439 implementations.
440
441 * journalctl will now include a clickable link in the default output for
442 each log message for which an URL with further documentation is
443 known. This is only supported on terminal emulators that support
444 clickable hyperlinks, and is turned off if a pager is used (since
445 "less" still doesn't support hyperlinks,
446 unfortunately). Documentation URLs may be included in log messages
447 either by including a DOCUMENTATION= journal field in it, or by
448 associating a journal message catalog entry with the log message's
449 MESSAGE_ID, which then carries a "Documentation:" tag.
450
451 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting Audit= that may be used to
452 control whether systemd-journald will enable audit during
453 initialization.
454
455 * when systemd-journald's log stream is broken up into multiple lines
456 because the PID of the sender changed this is indicated in the
457 generated log records via the _LINE_BREAK=pid-change field.
458
459 * journalctl's "-o cat" output mode will now show one or more journal
460 fields specified with --output-fields= instead of unconditionally
461 MESSAGE=. This is useful to retrieve a very specific set of fields
462 without any decoration.
463
464 * The sd-journal.h API gained two new functions:
465 sd_journal_enumerate_available_unique() and
466 sd_journal_enumerate_available_data() that operate like their
467 counterparts that lack the _available_ in the name, but skip items
468 that cannot be read and processed by the local implementation
469 (i.e. are compressed in an unsupported format or such),
470
471 * coredumpctl gained a new --file= switch, matching the same one in
472 journalctl: a specific journal file may be specified to read the
473 coredump data from.
474
475 * coredumps collected by systemd-coredump may now be compressed using
476 the zstd algorithm.
477
478 * systemd-binfmt gained a new switch --unregister for unregistering all
479 registered entries at once. This is now invoked automatically at
480 shutdown, so that binary formats registered with the "F" flag will
481 not block clean file system unmounting.
482
483 * systemd-notify's --pid= switch gained new values: "parent", "self",
484 "auto" for controlling which PID to send to the service manager: the
485 systemd-notify process' PID, or the one of the process invoking it.
486
487 * systemd-logind's Session bus object learnt a new method call
488 SetType() for temporarily updating the session type of an already
489 allocated session. This is useful for upgrading tty sessions to
490 graphical ones once a compositor is invoked.
491
492 * systemd-socket-proxy gained a new switch --exit-idle-time= for
493 configuring an exit-on-idle time.
494
495 * systemd-repart's --empty= setting gained a new value "create". If
496 specified a new empty regular disk image file is created under the
497 specified name. Its size may be specified with the new --size=
498 option. The latter is also supported without the "create" mode, in
499 order to grow existing disk image files to the specified size. These
500 two new options are useful when creating or manipulating disk images
501 instead of operating on actual block devices.
502
503 * systemd-repart drop-ins now support a new UUID= setting to control
504 the UUID to assign to a newly created partition.
505
506 * systemd-repart's SizeMin= per-partition parameter now defaults to 10M
507 instead of 0.
508
509 * systemd-repart's Label= setting now support the usual, simple
510 specifier expansion.
511
512 * systemd-homed's LUKS backend gained the ability to discard empty file
513 system blocks automatically when the user logs out. This is enabled
514 by default to ensure that home directories take minimal space when
515 logged out but get full size guarantees when logged in. This may be
516 controlled with the new --luks-offline-discard= switch to homectl.
517
518 * If systemd-homed detects that /home/ is encrypted as a whole it will
519 now default to the directory or subvolume backends instead of the
520 LUKS backend, in order to avoid double encryption. The default
521 storage and file system may now be configured explicitly, too, via
522 the new /etc/systemd/homed.conf configuration file.
523
524 * systemd-homed now supports unlocking home directories with FIDO2
525 security tokens that support the 'hmac-secret' extension, in addition
526 to the existing support for PKCS#11 security token unlocking
527 support. Note that many recent hardware security tokens support both
528 interfaces. The FIDO2 support is accessible via homectl's
529 --fido2-device= option.
530
531 * homectl's --pkcs11-uri= setting now accepts two special parameters:
532 if "auto" is specified and only one suitable PKCS#11 security token
533 is plugged in, its URL is automatically determined and enrolled for
534 unlocking the home directory. If "list" is specified a brief table of
535 suitable PKCS#11 security tokens is shown. Similar, the new
536 --fido2-device= option also supports these two special values, for
537 automatically selecting and listing suitable FIDO2 devices.
538
539 * The /etc/crypttab tmp option now optionally takes an argument
540 selecting the file system to use. Moreover, the default is now
541 changed from ext2 to ext4.
542
543 * There's a new /etc/crypttab option "keyfile-erase". If specified the
544 key file listed in the same line is removed after use, regardless if
545 volume activation was successful or not. This is useful if the key
546 file is only acquired transiently at runtime and shall be erased
547 before the system continues to boot.
548
549 * There's also a new /etc/crypttab option "try-empty-password". If
550 specified, before asking the user for a password it is attempted to
551 unlock the volume with an empty password. This is useful for
552 installing encrypted images whose password shall be set on first boot
553 instead of at installation time.
554
555 * systemd-cryptsetup will now attempt to load the keys to unlock
556 volumes with automatically from files in
557 /etc/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key and
558 /run/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key, if any of these files exist.
559
560 * systemd-cryptsetup may now activate Microsoft BitLocker volumes via
561 /etc/crypttab, during boot.
562
563 * logind.conf gained a new RuntimeDirectoryInodesMax= setting to
564 control the inode limit for the per-user $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR tmpfs
565 instance.
566
567 * A new generator systemd-xdg-autostart-generator has been added. It
568 generates systemd unit files from XDG autostart .desktop files, and
569 may be used to let the systemd user instance manage services that are
570 started automatically as part of the desktop session.
571
572 * "bootctl" gained a new verb "reboot-to-firmware" that may be used
573 to query and change the firmware's 'reboot into firmware' setup flag.
574
575 * systemd-firstboot gained a new switch --kernel-command-line= that may
576 be used to initialize the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of the image. It
577 also gained a new switch --root-password-hashed= which is like
578 --root-password= but accepts a pre-hashed UNIX password as
579 argument. The new option --delete-root-password may be used to unset
580 any password for the root user (dangerous!). The --root-shell= switch
581 may be used to control the shell to use for the root account. A new
582 --force option may be used to override any already set settings with
583 the parameters specified on the command line (by default, the tool
584 will not override what has already been set before, i.e. is purely
585 incremental).
586
587 * systemd-firstboot gained support for a new --image= switch, which is
588 similar to --root= but accepts the path to a disk image file, on
589 which it then operates.
590
591 * A new sd-path.h API has been added to libsystemd. It provides a
592 simple API for retrieving various search paths and primary
593 directories for various resources.
594
595 * A new call sd_notify_barrier() has been added to the sd-daemon.h
596 API. The call will block until all previously sent sd_notify()
597 messages have been processed by the service manager. This is useful
598 to remove races caused by a process already having disappeared at the
599 time a notification message is processed by the service manager,
600 making correct attribution impossible. The systemd-notify tool will
601 now make use of this call implicitly, but this can be turned off again
602 via the new --no-block switch.
603
604 * When sending a file descriptor (fd) to the service manager to keep
605 track of, using the sd_notify() mechanism, a new parameter FDPOLL=0
606 may be specified. If passed the service manager will refrain from
607 poll()ing on the file descriptor. Traditionally (and when the
608 parameter is not specified), the service manager will poll it for
609 POLLHUP or POLLERR events, and immediately close the fds in that
610 case.
611
612 * The service manager (PID1) gained a new D-Bus method call
613 SetShowStatus() which may be used to control whether it shall show
614 boot-time status output on the console. This method has a similar
615 effect to sending SIGRTMIN+20/SIGRTMIN+21 to PID 1.
616
617 * The sd-bus API gained a number of convenience functions that take
618 va_list arguments rather than "...". For example, there's now
619 sd_bus_call_methodv() to match sd_bus_call_method(). Those calls make
620 it easier to build wrappers that accept variadic arguments and want
621 to pass a ready va_list structure to sd-bus.
622
623 * sd-bus vtable entries can have a new SD_BUS_VTABLE_ABSOLUTE_OFFSET
624 flag which alters how the userdata pointer to pass to the callbacks
625 is determined. When the flag is set, the offset field is converted
626 as-is into a pointer, without adding it to the object pointer the
627 vtable is associated with.
628
629 * sd-bus now exposes four new functions:
630 sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_service_name_is_valid() +
631 sd_bus_member_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_object_path_is_valid() will
632 validate strings to check if they qualify as various D-Bus concepts.
633
634 * The sd-bus API gained the SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS(),
635 SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS_OFFSET() and SD_BUS_SIGNAL_WITH_ARGS() macros
636 that simplify adding argument names to D-Bus methods and signals.
637
638 * The man pages for the sd-bus and sd-hwdb APIs have been completed.
639
640 * Various D-Bus APIs of systemd daemons now have man pages that
641 document the methods, signals and properties.
642
643 * The expectations on user/group name syntax are now documented in
644 detail; documentation on how classic home directories may be
645 converted into home directories managed by homed has been added;
646 documentation regarding integration of homed/userdb functionality in
647 desktops has been added:
648
649 https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES
650 https://systemd.io/CONVERTING_TO_HOMED
651 https://systemd.io/USERDB_AND_DESKTOPS
652
653 * Documentation for the on-disk Journal file format has been updated
654 and has now moved to:
655
656 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_FILE_FORMAT
657
658 * The interface for containers (https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE)
659 has been extended by a set of environment variables that expose
660 select fields from the host's os-release file to the container
661 payload. Similarly, host's os-release files can be mounted into the
662 container underneath /run/host. Together, those mechanisms provide a
663 standardized way to expose information about the host to the
664 container payload. Both interfaces are implemented in systemd-nspawn.
665
666 * All D-Bus services shipped in systemd now implement the generic
667 LogControl1 D-Bus API which allows clients to change log level +
668 target of the service during runtime.
669
670 * Only relevant for developers: the mkosi.default symlink has been
671 dropped from version control. Please create a symlink to one of the
672 distribution-specific defaults in .mkosi/ based on your preference.
673
674 Contributions from: 24bisquitz, Adam Nielsen, Alan Perry, Alexander
675 Malafeev, Amitanand.Chikorde, Alin Popa, Alvin Šipraga, Amos Bird,
676 Andreas Rammhold, AndreRH, Andrew Doran, Anita Zhang, Ankit Jain,
677 antznin, Arnaud Ferraris, Arthur Moraes do Lago, Arusekk, Balaji
678 Punnuru, Balint Reczey, Bastien Nocera, bemarek, Benjamin Berg,
679 Benjamin Dahlhoff, Benjamin Robin, Chris Down, Chris Kerr, Christian
680 Göttsche, Christian Hesse, Christian Oder, Ciprian Hacman, Clinton Roy,
681 codicodi, Corey Hinshaw, Daan De Meyer, Dana Olson, Dan Callaghan,
682 Daniel Fullmer, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner, David
683 Edmundson, David Wood, Denis Pronin, Diego Escalante Urrelo, Dimitri
684 John Ledkov, dolphrundgren, duguxy, Einsler Lee, Elisei Roca, Emmanuel
685 Garette, Eric Anderson, Eric DeVolder, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
686 ExtinctFire, fangxiuning, Ferran Pallarès Roca, Filipe Brandenburger,
687 Filippo Falezza, Finn, Florian Klink, Florian Mayer, Franck Bui,
688 Frantisek Sumsal, gaurav, Georg Müller, Gergely Polonkai, Giedrius
689 Statkevičius, Gigadoc2, gogogogi, Gaurav Singh, gzjsgdsb, Hans de
690 Goede, Haochen Tong, ianhi, ignapk, Jakov Smolic, James T. Lee, Jan
691 Janssen, Jan Klötzke, Jan Palus, Jay Burger, Jeremy Cline, Jérémy
692 Rosen, Jian-Hong Pan, Jiri Slaby, Joel Shapiro, Joerg Behrmann, Jörg
693 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, Kai-Heng Feng, Kenny Levinsen, Kevin
694 Kuehler, Kumar Kartikeya Dwivedi, layderv, laydervus, Lénaïc Huard,
695 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Lucas
696 Werkmeister, Lukas Klingsbo, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej
697 S. Szmigiero, MadMcCrow, Marc-André Lureau, Marcel Holtmann, Marc
698 Kleine-Budde, Martin Hundebøll, Matthew Leeds, Matt Ranostay, Maxim
699 Fomin, MaxVerevkin, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Gubbels,
700 Michael Marley, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár,
701 Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Mikhail Novosyolov, ml, Motiejus Jakštys,
702 nabijaczleweli, nerdopolis, Niccolò Maggioni, Niklas Hambüchen, Norbert
703 Lange, Paul Cercueil, pelzvieh, Peter Hutterer, Piero La Terza, Pieter
704 Lexis, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Richard Petri, Ronan Pigott, Ross
705 Lagerwall, Rubens Figueiredo, satmandu, Sean-StarLabs, Sebastian
706 Jennen, sterlinghughes, Surhud More, Susant Sahani, szb512, Thomas
707 Haller, Tobias Hunger, Tom, Tomáš Pospíšek, Tomer Shechner, Tom Hughes,
708 Topi Miettinen, Tudor Roman, Uwe Kleine-König, Valery0xff, Vito Caputo,
709 Vladimir Panteleev, Vladyslav Tronko, Wen Yang, Yegor Vialov, Yigal
710 Korman, Yi Gao, YmrDtnJu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
711 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhu Li, Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
712
713 – Warsaw, 2020-07-30
714
715 CHANGES WITH 245:
716
717 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
718 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
719 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
720 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
721 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
722 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
723 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
724 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
725 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
726 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
727 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
728 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
729 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
730 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
731 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
732 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
733 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
734 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
735 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
736 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
737 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
738
739 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
740 "systemd-userdb.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
741 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
742 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
743 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
744 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
745 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
746 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
747 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
748 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
749 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
750 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
751 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
752 that for the first time resource management and various other
753 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
754 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
755 to apply on login. For further details see:
756
757 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
758 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
759 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
760
761 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
762 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
763 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
764 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
765 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
766 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
767 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
768 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
769 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
770
771 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
772
773 For further details about the format and expectations on home
774 directories this new daemon makes, see:
775
776 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
777
778 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
779 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
780 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
781 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
782 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
783 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
784 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
785 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
786 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
787 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
788 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
789 usage limitations and other settings.
790
791 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
792 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
793 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
794 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
795 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
796 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
797 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
798 resource usage.
799
800 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
801 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
802
803 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
804 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
805 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
806 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
807 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
808
809 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
810 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
811 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
812 itself and the default for all other processes.
813
814 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
815 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
816 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
817 database into account.
818
819 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
820 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
821 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
822 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
823
824 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
825 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
826 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
827 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
828 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
829 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
830 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
831 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
832 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
833 together nicely with pidfds yet.)
834
835 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
836 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
837 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
838 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
839 event source watching it is freed).
840
841 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
842 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
843 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
844 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
845
846 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
847 (IFB) network devices.
848
849 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
850 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
851
852 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
853 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
854 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
855 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
856 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
857 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
858
859 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
860 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
861 with its sense inverted.
862
863 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
864 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
865 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
866
867 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
868 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
869 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
870
871 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
872 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
873 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
874 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
875 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
876 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
877 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
878
879 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
880 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
881 debugging purposes.
882
883 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
884 group named differently than the user.
885
886 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
887 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
888 only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
889
890 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
891 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
892 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
893 /etc/fstab.
894
895 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
896 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
897 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
898 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
899
900 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
901 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
902 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
903 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
904
905 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
906 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
907 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
908 Bernard.
909
910 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
911 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
912 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
913 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
914 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
915 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
916 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
917 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
918 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
919 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
920 veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
921
922 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
923 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
924 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
925 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
926 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
927 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
928 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
929 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming-scheme= kernel
930 command line option.
931
932 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
933 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
934
935 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
936 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
937 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
938 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
939 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
940 that allow changing the clock, for example access to
941 systemd-timedated.
942
943 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
944 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128bit IDs, currently mostly
945 GPT partition table types.
946
947 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
948 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
949 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
950
951 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
952
953 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
954 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
955 for the respective units.
956
957 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
958 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
959 all specified units along with all units they depend on.
960
961 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
962 "status" output.
963
964 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
965 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
966 disappear.
967
968 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
969 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
970 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
971 address is used.
972
973 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
974 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
975 dropped from the individual setting names.
976
977 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
978 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
979 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
980 such files in version 243.
981
982 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
983 the virtual terminal via a polkit action. By default, only users
984 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
985
986 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
987 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
988 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
989
990 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
991 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
992 with stopping and disablement.
993
994 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
995 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
996 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
997 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
998 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
999 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
1000 some internal systemd services (most notably
1001 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
1002 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
1003 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
1004 this systemd release. See
1005 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
1006 additional discussion.
1007
1008 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
1009 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
1010 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
1011 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
1012 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
1013 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
1014 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
1015 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
1016 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
1017 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
1018 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
1019 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
1020 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
1021 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
1022 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
1023 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
1024 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
1025 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
1026 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
1027 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
1028 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
1029 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
1030 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
1031 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
1032 DONG
1033
1034 – Warsaw, 2020-03-06
1035
1036 CHANGES WITH 244:
1037
1038 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
1039 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
1040 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
1041 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
1042
1043 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
1044 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
1045 allows units which signals to request termination to implement
1046 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
1047
1048 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
1049 units.
1050
1051 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
1052 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
1053 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
1054 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
1055 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
1056 set the EFI variable.
1057
1058 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
1059 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
1060 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
1061 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
1062 and overrides the systemd setting.
1063
1064 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
1065 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
1066 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
1067 effect.)
1068
1069 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
1070 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
1071 that affects all corresponding unit files.
1072
1073 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
1074 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
1075
1076 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
1077 the unit being shown.
1078
1079 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
1080 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
1081 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
1082 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
1083 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
1084
1085 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
1086 allow-list memory protection syscalls for containers and services
1087 which need to use them.
1088
1089 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
1090 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
1091 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
1092 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
1093 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
1094 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
1095 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
1096 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
1097 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
1098 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
1099
1100 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
1101 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
1102 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
1103 This replaces the externally maintained allow lists of all known
1104 security tokens that were used previously.
1105
1106 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for allow-listed
1107 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
1108 improve power saving with many more devices.
1109
1110 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
1111 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
1112 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
1113
1114 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
1115 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
1116 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
1117 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
1118 the device in exclusive mode as they should.
1119
1120 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
1121 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
1122 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
1123 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
1124 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
1125
1126 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
1127 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
1128
1129 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
1130 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
1131
1132 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
1133 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
1134 now supported.
1135
1136 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
1137 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
1138
1139 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
1140 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
1141 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
1142
1143 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
1144 received from the server.
1145
1146 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
1147 set.
1148
1149 The client may be configured to request specific options from the
1150 server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
1151
1152 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
1153 using a new SendOption= setting.
1154
1155 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
1156 service type" value used by the client.
1157
1158 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
1159 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
1160
1161 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
1162 a new SendOption= setting.
1163
1164 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
1165 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
1166
1167 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
1168 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
1169
1170 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
1171 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
1172 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
1173
1174 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
1175 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
1176 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
1177 BSSID for wireless links.
1178
1179 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
1180 new WLANInterfaceType= option.
1181
1182 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
1183 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
1184
1185 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
1186 disciplines in the kernel using the new
1187 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
1188 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
1189 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
1190 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
1191
1192 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
1193
1194 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
1195 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
1196 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
1197 on its own).
1198
1199 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
1200 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
1201 of the present time.
1202
1203 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
1204 reproducible image builds easier).
1205
1206 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
1207 Specification.
1208
1209 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
1210 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
1211 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
1212 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
1213
1214 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
1215 is being used.
1216
1217 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
1218
1219 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
1220 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
1221 path as the system manager.
1222
1223 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
1224 outputting the 128bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
1225 representation").
1226
1227 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
1228 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
1229 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
1230 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
1231 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
1232 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
1233 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
1234 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
1235
1236 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
1237 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
1238 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
1239 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
1240 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
1241 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
1242 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
1243 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
1244 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
1245 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
1246 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
1247 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
1248 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
1249 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
1250 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
1251 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
1252 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
1253 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
1254 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
1255 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
1256 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
1257 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
1258 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1259
1260 – Warsaw, 2019-11-29
1261
1262 CHANGES WITH 243:
1263
1264 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
1265 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
1266 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
1267 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
1268 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
1269 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
1270 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
1271 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
1272
1273 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
1274 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
1275 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
1276 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
1277 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
1278 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
1279 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
1280 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
1281 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
1282 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
1283 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
1284 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
1285 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
1286 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
1287 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
1288 documentation.
1289
1290 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
1291 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
1292 from the old 16bit range. This should improve security and
1293 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
1294 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
1295 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
1296 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
1297 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
1298 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
1299 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
1300 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
1301 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
1302 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
1303 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
1304 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
1305 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
1306
1307 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
1308 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
1309 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
1310 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
1311
1312 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
1313 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
1314
1315 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
1316 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
1317 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
1318 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
1319 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
1320 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
1321 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
1322 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
1323 caught up with the kernel API changes.
1324
1325 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
1326 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
1327 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
1328 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
1329 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
1330 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
1331 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
1332 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
1333 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
1334 packagers.
1335
1336 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
1337 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
1338
1339 build/man/man systemctl
1340 build/man/html systemd.index
1341
1342 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
1343 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
1344
1345 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
1346 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
1347 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
1348 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
1349 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
1350 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
1351
1352 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
1353 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
1354 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
1355 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
1356 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
1357 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
1358 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
1359 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
1360 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
1361 unambiguously distinguished.
1362
1363 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
1364 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
1365 very rarely used.
1366
1367 To replace this functionality, users should:
1368 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
1369 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
1370 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
1371 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
1372 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
1373
1374 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
1375 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
1376 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
1377 interfaces should really be matched.
1378
1379 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
1380 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
1381 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
1382 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
1383 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
1384 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
1385
1386 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
1387 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
1388 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
1389 stop the whole unit.
1390
1391 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
1392 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
1393 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
1394 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
1395 generated whenever a unit stops.
1396
1397 * Units may now configure an explicit timeout to wait for when killed
1398 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
1399 the regular TimeoutStopSec= timeout was applied in this case too —
1400 now a separate timeout may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
1401
1402 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
1403 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
1404 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
1405 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
1406 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
1407
1408 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
1409 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
1410 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
1411 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
1412 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
1413 programs set up externally.
1414
1415 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
1416 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
1417 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
1418 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
1419
1420 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
1421 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
1422 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
1423 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
1424 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
1425 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
1426 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
1427
1428 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
1429 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
1430 debugging easier. After a longer timeout they are forcibly killed,
1431 as before.
1432
1433 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
1434 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
1435 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
1436 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
1437 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
1438 links on terminals that support that.
1439
1440 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
1441 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
1442 unmounted safely during shutdown.
1443
1444 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
1445
1446 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
1447 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
1448 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
1449 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
1450 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
1451 The default remains unchanged.
1452
1453 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
1454 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
1455
1456 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
1457 udev property.
1458
1459 Those two changes form a new net.naming-policy-scheme= entry.
1460 Distributions which want to preserve naming stability may want to set
1461 the -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
1462
1463 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
1464 interfaces natively.
1465
1466 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
1467 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
1468 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
1469 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
1470
1471 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
1472 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
1473 also learnt a new BlackList= option for deny-listing DHCP servers (a
1474 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
1475 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
1476 RELEASE message when terminating.
1477
1478 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
1479 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
1480
1481 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
1482 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
1483 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
1484 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
1485 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
1486 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
1487 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
1488
1489 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
1490 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
1491 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
1492 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
1493 added to the GENEVE support.
1494
1495 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
1496 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
1497 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
1498 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
1499 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
1500
1501 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
1502 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
1503 onto the network device.
1504
1505 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
1506 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
1507 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
1508 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
1509 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
1510
1511 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
1512 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
1513 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
1514
1515 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
1516 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
1517
1518 * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new
1519 Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section.
1520
1521 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
1522 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
1523 statistics.
1524
1525 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
1526 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
1527 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
1528
1529 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
1530 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
1531
1532 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
1533 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
1534 specific udev properties.
1535
1536 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
1537 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
1538 "lo" as underlying device.
1539
1540 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
1541 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
1542 IP addresses, too.
1543
1544 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
1545 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
1546 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
1547 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
1548
1549 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
1550 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
1551 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
1552 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
1553
1554 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
1555 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
1556 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
1557
1558 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
1559 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
1560 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
1561
1562 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
1563
1564 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
1565 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
1566 does the same for recurring calendar events.
1567
1568 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
1569 durations as opposed to points in time).
1570
1571 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
1572 expressions.
1573
1574 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
1575 codes to their names and back.
1576
1577 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
1578 file paths and unit aliases.
1579
1580 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
1581 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
1582 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
1583 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
1584
1585 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
1586 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
1587 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
1588 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
1589 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
1590 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
1591 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
1592 udev rules for that purpose.
1593
1594 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
1595 a device to be initialized.
1596
1597 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
1598 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
1599 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
1600
1601 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
1602 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
1603 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
1604 with gcc's cleanup extension.
1605
1606 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
1607 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128bit ID in UUID format
1608 with printf().
1609
1610 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
1611 XML introspection data unmodified.
1612
1613 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
1614 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
1615 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
1616 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
1617
1618 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
1619 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
1620 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
1621 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
1622 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
1623 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
1624 configured to handle the watchdog.
1625
1626 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
1627 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
1628 old name is still accepted for compatibility.
1629
1630 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
1631 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
1632 different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
1633
1634 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
1635 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
1636 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
1637 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
1638 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
1639
1640 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
1641 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
1642 review.
1643
1644 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
1645 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
1646
1647 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
1648 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
1649
1650 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
1651 failures to apply them are now ignored.
1652
1653 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
1654 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
1655 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
1656 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
1657
1658 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
1659 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
1660 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
1661 service.
1662
1663 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
1664 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
1665 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
1666 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
1667 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
1668 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
1669 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
1670 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
1671 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
1672 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
1673 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
1674 a seed was received from the boot loader.
1675
1676 * bootctl gained two new verbs:
1677
1678 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
1679 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
1680 above.
1681
1682 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
1683 installed.
1684
1685 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
1686 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
1687 bootloader entry).
1688
1689 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
1690 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
1691
1692 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
1693
1694 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
1695 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
1696 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
1697 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
1698 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
1699
1700 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
1701 option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a
1702 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
1703
1704 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
1705 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
1706
1707 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
1708 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
1709 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
1710
1711 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
1712 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
1713 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
1714 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
1715 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
1716 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
1717 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
1718 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
1719 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
1720 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
1721 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
1722 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
1723 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
1724 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
1725 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
1726 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
1727 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
1728 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
1729 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
1730 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
1731 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
1732 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
1733 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
1734 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
1735 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
1736 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
1737 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
1738 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
1739 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
1740 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
1741
1742 – Camerino, 2019-09-03
1743
1744 CHANGES WITH 242:
1745
1746 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
1747 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
1748 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
1749 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
1750 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
1751 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
1752 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
1753
1754 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
1755 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
1756
1757 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
1758 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
1759 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
1760 may be used to view this.
1761
1762 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
1763 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
1764 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
1765 ```
1766 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
1767 [Match]
1768 Type=bridge
1769
1770 [Link]
1771 MACAddressPolicy=none
1772 ```
1773
1774 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
1775 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
1776 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
1777 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
1778 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
1779 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
1780 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
1781
1782 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
1783 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
1784
1785 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
1786 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
1787
1788 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
1789 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
1790
1791 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
1792 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
1793 is a USB peripheral).
1794
1795 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
1796 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
1797 measured.
1798
1799 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
1800 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
1801 have privileges to do so).
1802
1803 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
1804 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
1805 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
1806
1807 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
1808 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
1809 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
1810 namespace.
1811
1812 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
1813 in which case environment variable substitution is
1814 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
1815
1816 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
1817 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
1818 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
1819 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
1820 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
1821
1822 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
1823 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
1824 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
1825 installed CPU cores.
1826
1827 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
1828 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
1829 kernel 4.15.
1830
1831 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
1832 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
1833 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
1834 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
1835 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
1836
1837 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
1838 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
1839 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
1840
1841 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
1842 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
1843 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
1844 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
1845 enslaved devices is not operational.
1846
1847 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
1848 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
1849
1850 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
1851 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
1852 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
1853 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
1854 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
1855 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
1856
1857 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
1858 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
1859
1860 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
1861
1862 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
1863 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
1864 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
1865
1866 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
1867 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
1868
1869 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
1870 configure CAN triple sampling.
1871
1872 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
1873 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
1874
1875 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
1876 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
1877 details.
1878
1879 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
1880 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
1881 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
1882 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
1883 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
1884 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
1885
1886 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
1887
1888 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
1889 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
1890 controlling project quota inheritance.
1891
1892 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
1893 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
1894 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
1895 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
1896 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
1897 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
1898 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
1899 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
1900 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
1901 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
1902 partition.
1903
1904 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
1905 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
1906 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
1907 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
1908 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
1909
1910 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
1911 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
1912
1913 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
1914 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
1915 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
1916 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
1917 be used in production yet.
1918
1919 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
1920 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
1921 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
1922 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
1923 input, output, and error are set up.
1924
1925 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
1926
1927 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
1928 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
1929 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
1930
1931 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
1932 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
1933 the specified expression will elapse next.
1934
1935 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
1936 introspection data.
1937
1938 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
1939 the reboot() system call expects.
1940
1941 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
1942 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
1943 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
1944
1945 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
1946 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
1947 ConditionVirtualization=).
1948
1949 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
1950 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
1951 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
1952 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
1953 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
1954 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
1955 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
1956 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
1957 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
1958 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
1959 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
1960 during reboot with their own operations.
1961
1962 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
1963 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
1964 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
1965 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
1966
1967 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
1968 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
1969 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
1970 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
1971 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
1972
1973 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
1974 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
1975
1976 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
1977 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
1978 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
1979 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
1980 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
1981 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
1982 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
1983 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
1984 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
1985
1986 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
1987 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
1988 prohibited.
1989
1990 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
1991 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
1992 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
1993 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
1994 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
1995 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
1996 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
1997 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
1998
1999 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
2000 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
2001 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
2002 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
2003 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
2004 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
2005 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
2006 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
2007 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
2008 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
2009 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
2010 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
2011 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
2012 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
2013 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
2014 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
2015 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
2016 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2017
2018 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
2019
2020 CHANGES WITH 241:
2021
2022 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
2023 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
2024 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
2025
2026 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
2027 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
2028 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
2029 include the package release information.
2030
2031 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
2032 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
2033 option.
2034
2035 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
2036 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
2037 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
2038
2039 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
2040 again.
2041
2042 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
2043 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
2044 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
2045 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
2046 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
2047 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
2048 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
2049 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
2050 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
2051 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
2052 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
2053 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
2054 installed .link files to *not* include it.
2055
2056 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
2057 "persistent", now works again as documented.
2058
2059 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
2060 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
2061
2062 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
2063 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
2064 used for side-channel attacks.
2065
2066 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
2067 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
2068 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
2069
2070 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
2071 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
2072 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
2073 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
2074 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
2075 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
2076
2077 fs.protected_regular = 0
2078 fs.protected_fifos = 0
2079
2080 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
2081 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
2082
2083 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
2084 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
2085 POSIX shells.
2086
2087 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
2088 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
2089
2090 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
2091 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
2092 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
2093 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
2094 points but otherwise empty.
2095
2096 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
2097 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
2098 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
2099
2100 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
2101 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
2102
2103 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
2104 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
2105
2106 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
2107 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
2108 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
2109 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
2110 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
2111 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
2112 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
2113 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
2114 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
2115 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
2116 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
2117 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
2118 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
2119 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
2120 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
2121 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
2122 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
2123
2124 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
2125
2126 CHANGES WITH 240:
2127
2128 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
2129 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
2130 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
2131 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
2132 an SELinux policy update is required.
2133 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
2134
2135 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
2136 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
2137 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
2138 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
2139 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
2140 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
2141 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
2142 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
2143 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
2144 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
2145
2146 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
2147 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
2148 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
2149 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
2150 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
2151 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
2152 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
2153 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
2154 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
2155 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
2156 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
2157 the search path.
2158
2159 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
2160 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
2161 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
2162 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
2163 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
2164 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
2165 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
2166 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
2167 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
2168 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
2169 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
2170 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
2171 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
2172 start job.
2173
2174 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
2175 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
2176 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
2177 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
2178 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
2179 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
2180 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
2181 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
2182 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
2183 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
2184
2185 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
2186 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
2187 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
2188 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
2189 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
2190 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
2191 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
2192 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
2193 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
2194 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
2195 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
2196 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
2197 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
2198 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
2199 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
2200 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
2201 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
2202 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
2203 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
2204 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
2205 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
2206 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
2207 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
2208 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
2209 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
2210 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
2211 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
2212 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
2213 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
2214 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
2215 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
2216 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
2217 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
2218 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
2219 Java.)
2220
2221 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
2222 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
2223 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
2224 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
2225 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
2226 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
2227 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
2228 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
2229 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
2230 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
2231
2232 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
2233 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
2234 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
2235 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
2236 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
2237 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
2238
2239 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
2240 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
2241 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
2242 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
2243 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
2244
2245 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
2246 https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
2247
2248 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
2249 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
2250 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
2251
2252 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
2253 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
2254
2255 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
2256 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
2257 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
2258
2259 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
2260 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
2261 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
2262 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
2263 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
2264 latency.
2265
2266 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
2267 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
2268
2269 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
2270 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
2271 instance part of a unit name.
2272
2273 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
2274 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
2275 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
2276 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
2277 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
2278 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
2279 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
2280 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
2281 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
2282
2283 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
2284 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
2285 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
2286 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
2287
2288 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
2289 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
2290 to a file, and appending to it.
2291
2292 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
2293 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
2294 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
2295 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
2296 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
2297 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
2298
2299 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
2300 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
2301 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
2302 having to touch C code.
2303
2304 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
2305 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
2306
2307 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
2308 DNS-over-TLS.
2309
2310 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
2311 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
2312 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
2313
2314 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
2315 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
2316 until the system finished start-up.
2317
2318 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
2319
2320 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
2321 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
2322 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
2323 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
2324 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
2325 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
2326 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
2327
2328 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
2329 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
2330 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
2331 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
2332 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
2333 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
2334 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
2335 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
2336 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
2337 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
2338 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
2339 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
2340
2341 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
2342 instantiate services.
2343
2344 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
2345 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
2346
2347 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
2348 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
2349 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
2350
2351 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
2352 it is neither used nor maintained.
2353
2354 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
2355 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
2356 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
2357 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
2358 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
2359 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
2360 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
2361 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
2362 separated by colons.
2363
2364 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
2365 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
2366
2367 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
2368 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
2369
2370 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
2371 "ethtool advertise" commands.
2372
2373 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
2374 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
2375 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
2376 directly.
2377
2378 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
2379 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
2380 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
2381 ID.
2382
2383 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
2384 and generate various 128bit IDs.
2385
2386 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
2387 and LOGO=.
2388
2389 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
2390 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
2391 from any hibernated image.
2392
2393 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
2394 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
2395 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
2396 kernel exports them.
2397
2398 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
2399 /usr/bin/.
2400
2401 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
2402 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
2403 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
2404 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
2405 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
2406 now documented here:
2407
2408 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
2409
2410 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
2411 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
2412 installs during early boot.
2413
2414 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
2415 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
2416
2417 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
2418 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
2419
2420 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
2421 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
2422 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
2423
2424 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
2425 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
2426 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
2427 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
2428 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
2429 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
2430 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
2431 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
2432 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
2433 is on AC power.
2434
2435 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
2436 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
2437 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
2438 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
2439 see:
2440
2441 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
2442
2443 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
2444 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
2445 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
2446 and container environments.
2447
2448 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
2449 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
2450 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
2451 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
2452
2453 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
2454 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
2455 journald per-service.
2456
2457 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
2458 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
2459
2460 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
2461 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
2462 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
2463 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
2464
2465 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
2466 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
2467 groups.
2468
2469 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
2470 --ephemeral command line switch.
2471
2472 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
2473 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
2474 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
2475 object itself.
2476
2477 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
2478 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
2479 not unloaded).
2480
2481 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
2482 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
2483 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
2484
2485 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
2486 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
2487 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
2488 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
2489 "dead" state on success.
2490
2491 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
2492 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
2493 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
2494 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
2495 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
2496 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
2497 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
2498 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
2499 well-defined system service context.
2500
2501 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
2502 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
2503 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
2504 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
2505
2506 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
2507 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
2508 continue to be used.
2509
2510 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
2511 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
2512 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
2513 for example:
2514
2515 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
2516
2517 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
2518 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
2519 the command line's exit code.
2520
2521 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
2522
2523 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
2524
2525 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
2526 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
2527 support to systemctl and all other commands.
2528
2529 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
2530 name as argument.
2531
2532 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
2533 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
2534 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
2535 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
2536 is improved.
2537
2538 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
2539 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
2540 initialize one to all 0xFF.
2541
2542 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
2543 all files and directories listed in
2544 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
2545 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
2546 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
2547 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
2548 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
2549 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
2550 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
2551 the transition to the host OS.
2552
2553 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
2554 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
2555 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
2556 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
2557 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
2558 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
2559 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
2560 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
2561 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
2562 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
2563 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
2564 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
2565 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
2566 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
2567 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
2568 these are opened they don't work.
2569
2570 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
2571 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
2572 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
2573 logic works again.
2574
2575 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
2576 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
2577 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
2578 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
2579 ignore it.
2580
2581 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
2582 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
2583 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
2584 commands.
2585
2586 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
2587 pam_systemd anymore.
2588
2589 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
2590 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
2591 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
2592 policy took effect.
2593
2594 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
2595 python-3.5.
2596
2597 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
2598 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
2599 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
2600 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
2601 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
2602 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
2603 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
2604 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
2605 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
2606 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
2607 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
2608 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
2609 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
2610 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
2611 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
2612 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
2613 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
2614 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
2615 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
2616 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
2617 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
2618 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
2619 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
2620 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
2621 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
2622 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
2623 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
2624 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
2625 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
2626 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
2627 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
2628 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
2629 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
2630 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
2631 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
2632 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
2633 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
2634 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
2635 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
2636 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
2637 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
2638 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
2639 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
2640 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
2641 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
2642
2643 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
2644
2645 CHANGES WITH 239:
2646
2647 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
2648 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
2649 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
2650 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
2651 a slot number associated.
2652
2653 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
2654 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
2655 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
2656 independent.
2657
2658 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
2659 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
2660 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
2661
2662 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
2663 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
2664 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
2665 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
2666
2667 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
2668 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
2669 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
2670 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
2671 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
2672 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
2673 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
2674 e.g. NIS.
2675
2676 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
2677 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
2678 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
2679 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
2680 may be necessary to update the file.
2681
2682 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
2683 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
2684 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
2685 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
2686 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
2687 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
2688 documentation.
2689
2690 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
2691 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
2692 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
2693 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
2694 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
2695 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
2696 them.
2697
2698 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
2699 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
2700 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
2701 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
2702 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
2703
2704 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
2705 now default to a system call allow list (rather than a deny list, as
2706 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
2707 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
2708 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
2709 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
2710 too, as the default allow-listing will prohibit all mount, swap,
2711 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
2712
2713 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
2714 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
2715 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
2716 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
2717 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
2718
2719 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
2720 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
2721 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
2722 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
2723 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
2724
2725 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
2726 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
2727 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
2728
2729 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
2730 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
2731 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
2732 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
2733 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
2734 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
2735 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
2736 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
2737 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
2738 systemd-resolved.service will result in a hostname lookup for which
2739 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
2740 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
2741 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
2742 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
2743 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
2744 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
2745 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
2746 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
2747 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
2748 from.
2749
2750 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
2751 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
2752 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
2753 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
2754
2755 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
2756 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
2757 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
2758 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
2759
2760 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
2761 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
2762 hibernates again.
2763
2764 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
2765 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
2766
2767 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
2768 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
2769 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
2770
2771 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
2772 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
2773 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
2774 was not configurable and set to 512.
2775
2776 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
2777 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
2778 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
2779 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
2780 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
2781 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
2782 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
2783 in particular su and sudo.
2784
2785 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
2786 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
2787 synchronization has been received from the network. This
2788 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
2789 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
2790 services.
2791
2792 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
2793 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
2794 files should work for hibernation now.
2795
2796 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
2797 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
2798 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
2799 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
2800 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
2801 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
2802 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
2803 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
2804 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
2805 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
2806 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
2807 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
2808 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
2809 name following the last dash.
2810
2811 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
2812 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
2813 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
2814 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
2815 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
2816
2817 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
2818 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
2819 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
2820 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
2821 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
2822 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
2823
2824 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
2825 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
2826 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
2827 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
2828
2829 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
2830 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
2831 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
2832 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
2833 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
2834
2835 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
2836 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
2837 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
2838 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
2839 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
2840 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
2841 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
2842 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
2843 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
2844 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
2845 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
2846 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
2847 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
2848
2849 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
2850 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
2851 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
2852 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
2853 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
2854 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
2855 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
2856 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
2857 settings.
2858
2859 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
2860 expiration feature, if it is available.
2861
2862 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
2863 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
2864 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
2865
2866 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
2867 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
2868
2869 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
2870
2871 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
2872 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
2873
2874 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
2875 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
2876 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
2877 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
2878 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
2879 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
2880 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
2881 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
2882 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
2883 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
2884 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
2885
2886 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
2887 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
2888 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
2889 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
2890
2891 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
2892 about its state.
2893
2894 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
2895 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
2896 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
2897 "timedatectl set-ntp".
2898
2899 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
2900 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
2901 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
2902 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
2903 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
2904 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
2905 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
2906 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
2907 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
2908 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
2909 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
2910
2911 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
2912 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
2913
2914 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
2915 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
2916 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
2917 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
2918 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
2919 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
2920
2921 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
2922 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
2923 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
2924 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
2925 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
2926 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
2927 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
2928
2929 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
2930 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
2931 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
2932 shown.)
2933
2934 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
2935 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
2936 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
2937 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
2938 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
2939 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
2940 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
2941 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
2942 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
2943
2944 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
2945 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
2946 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
2947
2948 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
2949 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
2950 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
2951 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
2952 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
2953 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
2954 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
2955 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
2956
2957 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
2958
2959 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
2960 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
2961 automatically when the system clock changed.)
2962
2963 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
2964 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
2965
2966 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
2967 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
2968 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
2969
2970 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
2971
2972 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
2973
2974 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
2975 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
2976
2977 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
2978 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
2979 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
2980 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
2981 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
2982 external user databases.
2983
2984 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
2985 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
2986 refused due to the enforced limits.
2987
2988 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
2989 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
2990 manages.
2991
2992 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
2993 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
2994 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
2995 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
2996 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
2997 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
2998 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
2999 where this is now used by default.
3000
3001 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
3002 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
3003
3004 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
3005 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
3006 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
3007 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
3008 update process in a generic way.
3009
3010 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
3011
3012 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
3013 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
3014 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
3015 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
3016 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
3017 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
3018 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
3019 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
3020 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
3021 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
3022 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
3023 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
3024 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
3025 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
3026 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
3027 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
3028 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
3029 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
3030 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
3031 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
3032 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
3033 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
3034 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
3035 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
3036 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
3037 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
3038 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
3039 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
3040 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3041
3042 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
3043
3044 CHANGES WITH 238:
3045
3046 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
3047 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
3048 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
3049 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
3050 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
3051 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
3052 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
3053 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
3054 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
3055 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
3056 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
3057 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
3058 to revert this change.
3059
3060 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
3061 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
3062 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
3063 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
3064 once at the end of the transaction.
3065
3066 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
3067 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
3068 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
3069 scripts.
3070
3071 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
3072 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
3073 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
3074 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
3075 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
3076 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
3077 still allowing local admin overrides.
3078
3079 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
3080 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
3081 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
3082
3083 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
3084 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
3085 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
3086 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
3087 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
3088
3089 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
3090 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
3091 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
3092 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
3093 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
3094 from package installation scripts.
3095
3096 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
3097 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
3098 without the user number ("u username -:456").
3099
3100 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
3101 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
3102
3103 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
3104 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
3105 /sbin/nologin for other users).
3106
3107 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
3108 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
3109 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
3110 --systemd, --user, or --global).
3111
3112 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
3113 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
3114 which are triggered meanwhile).
3115
3116 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
3117 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
3118 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
3119 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
3120 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
3121
3122 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
3123 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
3124 rotated very quickly.
3125
3126 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
3127 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
3128 pending bus messages.
3129
3130 * systemd gained a new
3131 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
3132 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
3133 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
3134 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
3135 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
3136 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
3137 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
3138 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
3139 session scope.
3140
3141 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
3142 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
3143 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
3144 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
3145 the tree to be accessed.
3146
3147 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
3148 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
3149 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
3150
3151 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
3152 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
3153 to keys in the main keyring.
3154
3155 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
3156
3157 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
3158 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
3159
3160 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
3161
3162 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
3163 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
3164 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
3165 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
3166 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
3167 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
3168 explicitly.
3169
3170 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
3171 the colour of "OK" status messages.
3172
3173 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
3174 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
3175 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
3176 be restarted.
3177
3178 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
3179 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
3180
3181 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
3182 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
3183 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
3184 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
3185 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
3186 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
3187 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
3188 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
3189 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
3190 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
3191 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
3192 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
3193 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
3194 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
3195 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
3196 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
3197
3198 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
3199
3200 CHANGES WITH 237:
3201
3202 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
3203 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
3204 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
3205 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
3206
3207 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
3208 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
3209 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
3210 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
3211 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
3212 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
3213 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
3214 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
3215 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
3216 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
3217
3218 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
3219 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
3220 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
3221 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
3222 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
3223 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
3224 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
3225 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
3226 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that reqires
3227 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
3228
3229 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
3230 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
3231 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
3232 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
3233 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
3234 now provides explicit control.
3235
3236 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
3237 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
3238 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
3239 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
3240 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
3241 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
3242 unit types that already supported transient operation.
3243
3244 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
3245 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
3246 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
3247
3248 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
3249 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
3250
3251 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
3252 .network files all gained support for a new condition
3253 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
3254 versions.
3255
3256 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
3257 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
3258 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
3259 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
3260 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
3261 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
3262 understands RapidCommit=.
3263
3264 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
3265 Delegation.
3266
3267 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
3268 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
3269 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
3270 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
3271 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
3272 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
3273 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
3274 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
3275 --watch-bind= command line switch.
3276
3277 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
3278 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
3279 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
3280 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
3281 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
3282 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
3283 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
3284 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
3285 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
3286 "Disconnected" signals).
3287
3288 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
3289 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
3290 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
3291 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
3292 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
3293 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
3294 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
3295 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
3296 round-trips are removed.
3297
3298 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
3299 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
3300 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
3301 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
3302
3303 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
3304 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
3305 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
3306 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
3307 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
3308 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
3309
3310 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
3311 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
3312 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
3313 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
3314 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
3315 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
3316 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
3317 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
3318 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
3319 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
3320
3321 * sd-event gained a new call pair
3322 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
3323 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
3324 when the event source is destroyed.
3325
3326 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
3327 connections.
3328
3329 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
3330 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
3331 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
3332 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
3333 new transitional flag file has been added: if
3334 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
3335 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
3336
3337 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
3338 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
3339 manager.
3340
3341 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
3342 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
3343 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
3344 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
3345 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
3346
3347 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
3348 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
3349 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
3350 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
3351 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
3352 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
3353
3354 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
3355 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
3356 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
3357 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
3358 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
3359 level/target is given as an argument.
3360
3361 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
3362 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
3363 where UID and GID do not match.
3364
3365 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
3366 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
3367 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
3368 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
3369 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
3370 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
3371 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
3372 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
3373 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
3374 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
3375 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
3376 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
3377 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
3378 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
3379 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
3380 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
3381 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
3382 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
3383 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
3384 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
3385 Палаузов
3386
3387 — Brno, 2018-01-28
3388
3389 CHANGES WITH 236:
3390
3391 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
3392 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
3393 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
3394 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
3395
3396 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
3397 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
3398 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
3399 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
3400 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
3401 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
3402 valid specifiers today.)
3403
3404 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
3405 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
3406 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
3407 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
3408 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
3409 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
3410
3411 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
3412 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
3413 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
3414 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
3415
3416 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
3417 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
3418 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
3419 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
3420 services are resolved properly.
3421
3422 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
3423 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
3424 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
3425 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
3426 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
3427 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
3428 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
3429 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
3430 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
3431 and btrfs.
3432
3433 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
3434 DNS server and domain information.
3435
3436 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
3437 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
3438 runtime.
3439
3440 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
3441 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
3442 empty for the first time.
3443
3444 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
3445 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
3446 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
3447 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
3448 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
3449 running in the user session.
3450
3451 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
3452 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
3453 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
3454 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
3455 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
3456 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
3457 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
3458 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
3459 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
3460 user instance).
3461
3462 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
3463 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
3464
3465 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
3466 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
3467 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
3468 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
3469
3470 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
3471 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
3472
3473 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
3474 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
3475 sleep verbs.
3476
3477 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
3478
3479 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
3480 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
3481
3482 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
3483
3484 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
3485 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
3486 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
3487
3488 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
3489 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
3490 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
3491 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
3492 instance.
3493
3494 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
3495 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
3496 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
3497
3498 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
3499 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
3500 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
3501
3502 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
3503
3504 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
3505 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
3506 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
3507 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
3508 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
3509 processes.
3510
3511 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
3512 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
3513 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
3514 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
3515
3516 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
3517 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
3518 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
3519
3520 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
3521 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
3522 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
3523 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
3524 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
3525
3526 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
3527 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
3528
3529 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
3530 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
3531 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
3532 time the specified expression would elapse.
3533
3534 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
3535 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
3536 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
3537 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
3538 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
3539 types, not just services.
3540
3541 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
3542 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
3543 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
3544 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
3545
3546 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
3547 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
3548 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
3549 interface for this purpose.
3550
3551 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
3552 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
3553 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
3554 anyway.
3555
3556 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
3557 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
3558 requirements of systemd.
3559
3560 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
3561 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
3562 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
3563
3564 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
3565 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
3566 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
3567 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
3568
3569 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
3570 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
3571 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
3572 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
3573
3574 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
3575 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
3576
3577 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
3578 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
3579 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
3580 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
3581 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
3582 managing software supports (such as pppd).
3583
3584 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
3585 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
3586 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
3587
3588 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
3589 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
3590 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
3591 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
3592 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
3593 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
3594 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
3595 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
3596 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
3597 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
3598 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
3599 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
3600 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
3601 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
3602 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
3603 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
3604 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
3605 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
3606 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
3607 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
3608 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
3609 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3610 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
3611
3612 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
3613
3614 CHANGES WITH 235:
3615
3616 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
3617 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
3618 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
3619 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
3620 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
3621 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
3622 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
3623 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
3624 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
3625 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
3626 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
3627 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
3628 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
3629 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
3630 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
3631 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
3632 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
3633 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
3634 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
3635 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
3636 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
3637 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
3638 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
3639 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
3640 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
3641 IPAddressDeny= see below.
3642
3643 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
3644 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
3645 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
3646 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
3647 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
3648 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
3649 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
3650 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
3651
3652 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
3653 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
3654 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
3655 used to change those values.
3656
3657 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
3658 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
3659 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
3660 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
3661 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
3662 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
3663
3664 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
3665 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
3666 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
3667 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
3668
3669 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
3670 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
3671 one top-level directory.
3672
3673 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
3674 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
3675 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
3676 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
3677 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
3678 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
3679 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
3680 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
3681 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
3682 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
3683 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
3684 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
3685 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
3686 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
3687 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
3688
3689 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
3690 Meson-only.
3691
3692 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
3693 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
3694 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
3695 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
3696 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
3697 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
3698 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
3699 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
3700 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
3701 acceptable to us.
3702
3703 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
3704 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
3705 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
3706 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
3707 hostname open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
3708 requested at build time.
3709
3710 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
3711 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
3712 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
3713 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
3714 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
3715 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
3716 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
3717 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
3718 Type= setting which permits configuring
3719 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
3720
3721 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
3722 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
3723 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
3724 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
3725 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
3726 local frames between bridge ports.
3727
3728 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
3729 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
3730 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
3731
3732 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
3733 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
3734
3735 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
3736 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
3737 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
3738 implement a system call allow list instead of a deny list.
3739
3740 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
3741 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
3742 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
3743 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
3744 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
3745 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
3746 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
3747 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
3748
3749 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
3750 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
3751 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
3752 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
3753 command.)
3754
3755 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
3756 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
3757 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
3758
3759 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
3760 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
3761 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
3762 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
3763
3764 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
3765 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
3766 configured, except for the credentials applied by
3767 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
3768 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
3769 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
3770 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
3771 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
3772 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
3773 on systems where this is not supported.
3774
3775 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
3776 sockets.
3777
3778 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
3779 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
3780 during runtime.
3781
3782 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
3783 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
3784 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
3785
3786 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
3787 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
3788 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
3789
3790 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
3791 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
3792 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
3793 Following this logic, two new special targets
3794 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
3795 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
3796 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
3797
3798 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
3799 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
3800 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
3801 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
3802
3803 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
3804 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
3805 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
3806 --wait".
3807
3808 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
3809 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
3810 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
3811 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
3812 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
3813 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
3814 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
3815 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
3816 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
3817
3818 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
3819 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
3820 containing information about the consumed resources of this
3821 invocation.
3822
3823 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
3824 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
3825 processes.
3826
3827 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
3828 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
3829 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
3830 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
3831 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
3832 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
3833 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
3834 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
3835 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
3836 systems for all five operations.
3837
3838 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
3839 the system.
3840
3841 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
3842 than UTC or the local timezone.
3843
3844 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
3845 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
3846 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
3847 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
3848 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
3849 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
3850 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
3851 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
3852
3853 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
3854 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
3855 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
3856 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
3857 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
3858 again.
3859
3860 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
3861 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
3862 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
3863
3864 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
3865 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
3866 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
3867 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
3868 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
3869 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
3870 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
3871 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
3872 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
3873 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
3874 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
3875 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
3876 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
3877 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
3878 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
3879 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
3880 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
3881 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
3882 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
3883 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3884
3885 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
3886
3887 CHANGES WITH 234:
3888
3889 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
3890 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
3891 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
3892 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
3893 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
3894 summary:
3895
3896 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
3897
3898 becomes:
3899
3900 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
3901
3902 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
3903 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
3904 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
3905 .device units.
3906
3907 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
3908 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
3909 running a systemd user instance.
3910
3911 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
3912 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
3913 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
3914 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
3915 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
3916 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
3917
3918 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
3919
3920 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
3921 (domain search list).
3922
3923 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
3924 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
3925 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
3926 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
3927 implementation of RA.
3928
3929 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
3930 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
3931 ISO date values.
3932
3933 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
3934 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
3935 devices.
3936
3937 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
3938 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
3939 option.
3940
3941 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
3942 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
3943 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
3944 default yet.
3945
3946 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
3947 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
3948 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
3949 SHA256SUMS files.
3950
3951 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
3952 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
3953
3954 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
3955
3956 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
3957
3958 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
3959 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
3960
3961 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
3962 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
3963 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
3964 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
3965
3966 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
3967 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
3968 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
3969 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
3970 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
3971 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
3972 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
3973 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
3974 systemd-logind to be safe. See
3975 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
3976
3977 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
3978 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
3979 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
3980 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
3981 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
3982 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
3983 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
3984 after all the plugins exit.
3985
3986 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
3987 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
3988 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
3989 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
3990 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
3991 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
3992 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
3993 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3994 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
3995 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
3996 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
3997 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
3998 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
3999 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
4000 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
4001 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4002 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
4003 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
4004 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
4005 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
4006 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
4007 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
4008 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
4009 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
4010 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
4011 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
4012 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
4013 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
4014 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
4015 Георгиевски
4016
4017 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
4018
4019 CHANGES WITH 233:
4020
4021 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
4022 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
4023 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
4024 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
4025 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
4026 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
4027 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
4028 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
4029 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
4030
4031 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
4032 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
4033 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
4034 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
4035 default selected on the configure command line
4036 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
4037 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
4038 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
4039 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
4040 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
4041 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
4042 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
4043 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
4044 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
4045 greatest stability and compatibility only.
4046
4047 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
4048 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
4049 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
4050 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
4051 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
4052 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
4053 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
4054 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
4055 further details about this.)
4056
4057 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
4058 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
4059 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
4060
4061 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
4062 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
4063
4064 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
4065 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
4066 with 'make install-tests'.
4067
4068 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
4069 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
4070 kernel.
4071
4072 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
4073 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
4074 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
4075 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
4076 by the Slice= option.
4077
4078 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
4079 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
4080 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
4081 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
4082
4083 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
4084 following choices:
4085
4086 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
4087 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
4088 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
4089 (h)elp
4090 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
4091 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
4092 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
4093 (y)es, execute the command
4094
4095 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
4096 because its meaning was confusing.
4097
4098 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
4099 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
4100
4101 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
4102 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
4103 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
4104
4105 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
4106 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
4107 state directly, without executing these commands.
4108
4109 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
4110 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
4111 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
4112
4113 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
4114 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
4115 combination with After=) have been started.
4116
4117 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
4118 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
4119 setting, and which system calls they contain.
4120
4121 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
4122 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
4123 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
4124 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
4125 configuration related calls.
4126
4127 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
4128 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
4129 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
4130 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
4131 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
4132 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
4133 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
4134
4135 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
4136 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
4137
4138 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
4139 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
4140 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
4141
4142 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
4143 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
4144
4145 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
4146 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
4147 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
4148 for compatibility.
4149
4150 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
4151 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
4152
4153 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
4154 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
4155
4156 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
4157 support for negative matching.
4158
4159 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
4160
4161 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
4162 permitted runtime of the mount command.
4163
4164 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
4165 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
4166 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
4167 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
4168 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
4169 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
4170 removed from the drive.
4171
4172 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
4173 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
4174
4175 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
4176 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
4177
4178 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
4179 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
4180 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
4181
4182 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
4183 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
4184 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
4185 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
4186 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
4187 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
4188 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
4189
4190 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
4191 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
4192 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
4193 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
4194 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
4195 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
4196
4197 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
4198 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
4199
4200 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
4201 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
4202 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
4203 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
4204 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
4205 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
4206 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
4207 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
4208
4209 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
4210 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
4211 including all control processes.
4212
4213 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
4214 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
4215 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
4216
4217 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
4218 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
4219 prefixing the source path with "+".
4220
4221 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
4222 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
4223 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
4224 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
4225 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
4226 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid
4227 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
4228 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
4229
4230 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
4231 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
4232 before).
4233
4234 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
4235 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
4236 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
4237 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
4238 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
4239 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
4240 the new --root-hash= command line option).
4241
4242 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
4243 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
4244 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
4245 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
4246 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
4247 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
4248 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
4249 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
4250 versions.
4251
4252 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
4253 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
4254 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
4255 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
4256 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
4257 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
4258 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
4259 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
4260 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
4261 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
4262 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
4263 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
4264 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
4265 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
4266 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
4267 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
4268 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
4269 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
4270 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
4271 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
4272 a Verity-enabled root partition.
4273
4274 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
4275 accelerometer quirks.
4276
4277 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
4278 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
4279 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
4280 ID of each service.
4281
4282 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
4283 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
4284 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
4285 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
4286 view.
4287
4288 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
4289 environment variables:
4290
4291 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
4292
4293 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
4294 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
4295 address.
4296
4297 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
4298 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
4299 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
4300
4301 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
4302 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
4303 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
4304 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
4305 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
4306 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
4307 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
4308 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
4309 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
4310 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
4311 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
4312 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
4313 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
4314
4315 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
4316 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
4317 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
4318
4319 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
4320 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
4321
4322 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
4323 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
4324 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
4325 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
4326 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
4327
4328 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
4329 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
4330 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
4331
4332 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
4333 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
4334
4335 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
4336 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
4337 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
4338 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
4339
4340 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
4341 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
4342 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
4343 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
4344 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
4345 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
4346 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
4347 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
4348 possibly even including full integrity data.
4349
4350 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
4351 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
4352 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
4353 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
4354 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
4355
4356 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
4357 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
4358 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
4359 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
4360 directly with systemd-nspawn.
4361
4362 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
4363 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
4364 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
4365 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
4366
4367 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
4368 of coredumps in reverse order.
4369
4370 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
4371 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
4372 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
4373 additional informational message in its output.
4374
4375 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
4376 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
4377 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
4378
4379 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
4380 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
4381 scripting languages such as Python.
4382
4383 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
4384 namespacing is enabled for them.
4385
4386 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
4387 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
4388 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
4389 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
4390 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
4391 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
4392
4393 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
4394 root key (KSK).
4395
4396 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
4397 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
4398 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
4399
4400 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
4401 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
4402 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
4403 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
4404 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
4405 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
4406 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
4407 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
4408 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
4409 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
4410 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
4411 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
4412 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
4413 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
4414 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
4415 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
4416 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
4417 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
4418 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
4419 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
4420 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
4421 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
4422 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
4423 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
4424 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
4425 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
4426 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
4427 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
4428 Тихонов
4429
4430 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
4431
4432 CHANGES WITH 232:
4433
4434 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
4435 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
4436 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
4437 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
4438 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
4439 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
4440
4441 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
4442 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
4443
4444 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
4445 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
4446 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
4447
4448 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
4449 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
4450 to be remounted read-only for a service.
4451
4452 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
4453 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
4454 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
4455 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
4456
4457 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
4458 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
4459
4460 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
4461 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
4462 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
4463
4464 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
4465 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
4466 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
4467 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
4468 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
4469 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
4470 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
4471 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
4472 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
4473 permanent modifications to the system.
4474
4475 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
4476 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
4477 container or chroot environments.
4478
4479 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
4480 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
4481 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
4482 mapped to nobody.
4483
4484 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
4485 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
4486 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
4487 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
4488
4489 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
4490 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
4491
4492 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
4493 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
4494 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
4495 and the support is provisional.
4496
4497 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
4498 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
4499 unit files in the file system).
4500
4501 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
4502 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
4503 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
4504 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
4505 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
4506 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
4507 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
4508 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
4509 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
4510 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
4511 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
4512 state is fixed automatically.
4513
4514 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
4515 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
4516 option.
4517
4518 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
4519 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
4520 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
4521 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
4522 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
4523 else.
4524
4525 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
4526 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
4527 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
4528 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
4529 bootable on physical systems.
4530
4531 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
4532
4533 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
4534 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
4535 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
4536 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
4537 used.
4538
4539 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
4540 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
4541 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
4542 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
4543
4544 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
4545
4546 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
4547 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
4548 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
4549 of the container).
4550
4551 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
4552 files from the specified location.
4553
4554 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
4555 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
4556 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
4557 be active.
4558
4559 * The hardware database has been extended to support
4560 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
4561 trackball devices.
4562
4563 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
4564 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
4565 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
4566
4567 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
4568 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
4569 specified service binary exited.)
4570
4571 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
4572 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
4573
4574 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
4575 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
4576 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
4577 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
4578 --since= and --until= options.
4579
4580 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
4581 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
4582 are automatically propagated to the container.
4583
4584 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
4585 from a single IP address can be limited with
4586 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
4587 MaxConnections=.
4588
4589 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
4590 configuration.
4591
4592 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
4593 drop-ins.
4594
4595 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
4596 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
4597 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
4598 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
4599 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
4600 [Link] section of .link files.
4601
4602 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
4603 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
4604 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
4605 section of .netdev files.
4606
4607 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
4608 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
4609 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
4610
4611 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
4612 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
4613 .network files.
4614
4615 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
4616 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
4617 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
4618 service runtime cycle.
4619
4620 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
4621 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
4622 has been traditionally doing.
4623
4624 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
4625 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
4626 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
4627 prevent any later plugins from running.
4628
4629 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
4630 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
4631 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
4632 default of SplitMode=uid.
4633
4634 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
4635 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
4636 useful.
4637
4638 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
4639 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
4640 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
4641 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
4642 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
4643 individual namespaces.
4644
4645 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
4646 the output, as well as OS release information.
4647
4648 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
4649
4650 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
4651 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
4652 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
4653 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
4654 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
4655
4656 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
4657 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
4658 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
4659 severed.
4660
4661 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
4662 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
4663 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
4664 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
4665 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
4666 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
4667 information about exit statuses and results.
4668
4669 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
4670 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
4671 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
4672 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
4673 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
4674 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
4675
4676 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
4677
4678 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
4679 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
4680 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
4681 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
4682 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
4683 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
4684 entirely.
4685
4686 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
4687 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
4688 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
4689
4690 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
4691 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
4692 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
4693 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
4694 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
4695 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
4696 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
4697 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
4698 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
4699 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
4700 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
4701 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
4702 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
4703 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
4704 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
4705 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
4706 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
4707
4708 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
4709 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
4710 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
4711 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
4712
4713 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
4714 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
4715 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
4716 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
4717
4718 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
4719 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
4720 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
4721 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
4722 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
4723 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
4724 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
4725 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
4726 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
4727 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
4728 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
4729 fragment entirely.)
4730
4731 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
4732 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
4733 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
4734
4735 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
4736 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
4737 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
4738 FileDescriptorName= setting.
4739
4740 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
4741 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
4742 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
4743 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
4744 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
4745 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
4746
4747 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
4748 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
4749
4750 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
4751 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
4752
4753 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
4754 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
4755 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
4756 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
4757 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
4758
4759 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
4760 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
4761 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
4762 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
4763 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
4764 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
4765 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
4766 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
4767 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
4768 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
4769 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
4770 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
4771 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
4772 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
4773 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
4774 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
4775 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
4776 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
4777 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
4778 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
4779 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
4780 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
4781 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
4782 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
4783 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
4784 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
4785
4786 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
4787
4788 CHANGES WITH 231:
4789
4790 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
4791 with an additional special character as first argument of the
4792 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
4793 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
4794 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
4795 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
4796 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
4797 independently.
4798
4799 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
4800 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
4801
4802 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
4803 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
4804 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
4805 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
4806 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
4807 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
4808 values.
4809
4810 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
4811 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
4812 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
4813 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
4814 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
4815
4816 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
4817 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
4818 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
4819 7:10am every day.
4820
4821 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
4822 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
4823 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
4824 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
4825 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
4826 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
4827 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
4828 available for compatibility.
4829
4830 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
4831 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
4832 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
4833 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
4834 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
4835 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
4836
4837 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
4838 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
4839 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
4840 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
4841 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
4842 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
4843 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
4844 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
4845 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
4846
4847 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
4848 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
4849 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
4850 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
4851 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
4852 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
4853 desired options.
4854
4855 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
4856 cgroup v2.
4857
4858 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
4859 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
4860 limited to subgroups of that group.
4861
4862 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
4863 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
4864 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
4865 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
4866 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
4867 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
4868 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
4869 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
4870
4871 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
4872 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
4873 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
4874 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
4875 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
4876 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
4877 own long-running services.
4878
4879 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
4880 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
4881 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
4882 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
4883
4884 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
4885 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
4886 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
4887 propagates this notification further to the service manager
4888 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
4889 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
4890 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
4891 primitives.
4892
4893 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
4894 "terminate".
4895
4896 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
4897 link-local IPv6 addresses.
4898
4899 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
4900 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
4901 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
4902 --flush-caches".
4903
4904 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
4905 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
4906 is shown.
4907
4908 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
4909 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
4910 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
4911 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
4912 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
4913 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
4914
4915 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
4916 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
4917 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
4918 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
4919 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
4920 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
4921 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
4922 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
4923 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
4924 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
4925 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
4926 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
4927 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
4928 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
4929 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
4930 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
4931 bus API instead.
4932
4933 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
4934 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
4935 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
4936 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
4937
4938 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
4939 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
4940 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
4941 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
4942
4943 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
4944 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
4945 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
4946
4947 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
4948 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
4949
4950 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
4951 interface configuration.
4952
4953 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
4954 specifying the --force switch.
4955
4956 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
4957 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
4958 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
4959
4960 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
4961 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
4962 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
4963 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
4964 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
4965 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
4966 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
4967 to be handled.
4968
4969 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
4970 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
4971
4972 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
4973 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
4974
4975 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
4976 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
4977 of persistent symlinks for that device.
4978
4979 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
4980 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
4981
4982 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
4983 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
4984 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
4985 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
4986 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
4987 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
4988 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
4989 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
4990 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
4991 library.
4992
4993 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
4994 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
4995 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
4996 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
4997 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
4998 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
4999 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
5000 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
5001 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
5002 doc/HACKING for details.
5003
5004 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
5005 distribution's bugtracker.
5006
5007 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
5008 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
5009 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
5010 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
5011 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
5012 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
5013 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
5014 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
5015 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
5016 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
5017 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
5018 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
5019 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
5020 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
5021 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
5022 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
5023 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
5024 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
5025 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5026
5027 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
5028
5029 CHANGES WITH 230:
5030
5031 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
5032 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
5033 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
5034 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
5035 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
5036 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
5037 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
5038 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
5039 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
5040 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
5041 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
5042 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
5043 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
5044 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
5045 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
5046 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
5047 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
5048 and its DNSSEC mode for hostname resolution from local
5049 applications.)
5050
5051 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
5052 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
5053 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
5054
5055 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
5056 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
5057 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
5058 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
5059 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
5060 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
5061 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
5062
5063 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
5064 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
5065 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
5066 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
5067 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
5068 command works for tmux.
5069
5070 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
5071 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
5072 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
5073 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
5074 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
5075 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
5076
5077 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
5078 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
5079
5080 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
5081 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
5082 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
5083
5084 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
5085
5086 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
5087 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
5088 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
5089 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
5090 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
5091
5092 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
5093 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
5094 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
5095 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
5096
5097 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
5098 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
5099 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
5100 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
5101 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
5102 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
5103
5104 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
5105 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
5106 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
5107
5108 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
5109 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
5110 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
5111 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
5112 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
5113 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
5114
5115 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
5116 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
5117 address.
5118
5119 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
5120 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
5121 should be emitted.
5122
5123 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
5124 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
5125 supported.
5126
5127 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
5128 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
5129 logging performance.
5130
5131 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
5132 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
5133 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
5134 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
5135 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
5136 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
5137
5138 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
5139 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
5140 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
5141 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
5142
5143 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
5144 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
5145
5146 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
5147 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
5148 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
5149
5150 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
5151
5152 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
5153 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
5154 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
5155 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
5156
5157 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
5158 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
5159 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
5160 refuse to operate on such files.
5161
5162 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
5163 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
5164 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
5165
5166 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
5167 just hidden container images.
5168
5169 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
5170 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
5171
5172 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
5173 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
5174 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
5175 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
5176 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
5177 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
5178 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
5179 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
5180 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
5181 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
5182 been changed to use this functionality by default.
5183
5184 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
5185 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
5186 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
5187 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
5188 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
5189 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
5190 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
5191 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
5192 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
5193 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
5194 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
5195 terminates.
5196
5197 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
5198 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
5199 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
5200 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
5201
5202 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
5203 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
5204 rate of the socket unit.
5205
5206 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
5207 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
5208 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
5209 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
5210 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
5211
5212 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
5213 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
5214 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
5215 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
5216 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
5217 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
5218 with this.
5219
5220 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
5221 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
5222
5223 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
5224 merged into the kernel in its current form.
5225
5226 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
5227 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
5228 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
5229 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
5230 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
5231
5232 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
5233 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
5234 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
5235
5236 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
5237 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
5238 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
5239 target is now included in early userspace.
5240
5241 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
5242 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
5243 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
5244 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
5245 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
5246 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
5247 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
5248 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
5249 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
5250 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
5251 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
5252 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
5253 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
5254 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
5255 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
5256 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
5257 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
5258 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
5259 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
5260 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
5261 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
5262 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
5263 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
5264 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
5265 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
5266 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5267
5268 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
5269
5270 CHANGES WITH 229:
5271
5272 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
5273 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
5274 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
5275 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
5276 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
5277 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
5278 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
5279 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
5280 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
5281 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
5282 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
5283 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
5284 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
5285
5286 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
5287 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
5288 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
5289 /usr/bin.
5290
5291 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
5292 devices.
5293
5294 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
5295 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
5296 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
5297 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
5298 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
5299 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
5300 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
5301 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
5302 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
5303 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
5304 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
5305 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
5306 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
5307 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
5308 this limit.
5309
5310 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
5311 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
5312 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
5313 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
5314 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
5315 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
5316 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
5317 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
5318
5319 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
5320 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
5321 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
5322 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
5323 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
5324 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
5325 and group at package installation time.
5326
5327 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
5328 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
5329 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
5330 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
5331 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
5332
5333 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
5334 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
5335 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
5336 supports it.
5337
5338 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
5339 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
5340
5341 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
5342 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
5343 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
5344 file is already initialized.
5345
5346 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
5347 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
5348 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
5349 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
5350 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
5351 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
5352 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
5353 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
5354 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
5355
5356 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
5357 working directory for the process started in the container.
5358
5359 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
5360 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
5361 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
5362 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
5363 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
5364
5365 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
5366 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
5367 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
5368
5369 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
5370 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
5371 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
5372 sd_journal_restart_fields().
5373
5374 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
5375 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
5376 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
5377 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
5378 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
5379
5380 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
5381 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
5382 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
5383 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
5384
5385 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
5386 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
5387 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
5388 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
5389 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
5390 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
5391 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
5392 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
5393 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
5394 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
5395 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
5396 by PID 1.
5397
5398 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
5399 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
5400 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
5401 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
5402 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
5403 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
5404 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
5405 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
5406
5407 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
5408
5409 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
5410 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
5411 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
5412
5413 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
5414 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
5415 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
5416 recent kernels.
5417
5418 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
5419 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
5420
5421 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
5422 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
5423 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
5424 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
5425 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
5426 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
5427 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
5428 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
5429 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
5430 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
5431 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
5432 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
5433 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
5434
5435 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
5436 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
5437 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
5438 clusters or larger setups.
5439
5440 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
5441
5442 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
5443 sockets.
5444
5445 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
5446
5447 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
5448 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
5449 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
5450 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
5451 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
5452 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
5453
5454 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
5455 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
5456 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
5457
5458 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
5459 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
5460 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
5461 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
5462
5463 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
5464
5465 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
5466 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
5467 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
5468 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
5469 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
5470 maintain compatibility.
5471
5472 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
5473 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
5474 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
5475 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
5476 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
5477 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
5478 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
5479 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
5480 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
5481 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
5482 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
5483 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
5484 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
5485 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
5486 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
5487 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
5488 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5489 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
5490 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5491
5492 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
5493
5494 CHANGES WITH 228:
5495
5496 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
5497 files are now also available as properties to set when
5498 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
5499 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
5500 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
5501 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
5502 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
5503 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
5504 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
5505
5506 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
5507 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
5508 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
5509
5510 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
5511 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
5512 created transiently.
5513
5514 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
5515 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
5516 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
5517 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
5518 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
5519 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
5520 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
5521 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
5522
5523 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
5524 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
5525 disk and sync the files, before returning.
5526
5527 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
5528 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
5529 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
5530 enabled.
5531
5532 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
5533 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
5534 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
5535 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
5536 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
5537 subvolumes.
5538
5539 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
5540 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
5541
5542 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
5543 individual indexes.
5544
5545 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
5546 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
5547 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
5548 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
5549 suffixes now.
5550
5551 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
5552 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
5553 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
5554 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
5555 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
5556 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
5557 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
5558 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
5559 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
5560 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
5561 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
5562 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
5563 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
5564 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
5565 number of processes or tasks each user may own
5566 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
5567 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
5568 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
5569 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
5570 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
5571 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
5572
5573 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
5574 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
5575 links between the host and the container.
5576
5577 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
5578 added that allows importing select environment variables
5579 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
5580 the service.
5581
5582 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
5583 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
5584 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
5585 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
5586 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
5587 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
5588 than until they first elapse.
5589
5590 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
5591 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
5592 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
5593 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
5594 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
5595 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
5596 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
5597 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
5598
5599 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
5600 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
5601 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
5602 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
5603 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
5604 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
5605 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
5606 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
5607 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
5608 journal and in coredump handling.
5609
5610 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
5611 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
5612 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
5613 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
5614 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
5615 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
5616 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
5617 software you package still references it, as this is a
5618 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
5619 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
5620
5621 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
5622
5623 Note that only util-linux versions built with
5624 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
5625
5626 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
5627 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
5628 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
5629
5630 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
5631 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
5632 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
5633 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
5634 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
5635 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
5636 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
5637 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
5638 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
5639 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
5640 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
5641 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
5642 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
5643 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
5644 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
5645 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
5646
5647 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
5648 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
5649 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
5650 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
5651 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
5652 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
5653 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
5654 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
5655 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
5656 surprises.
5657
5658 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
5659 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
5660 to the various user database fields of the user that the
5661 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
5662 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
5663 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
5664 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
5665 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
5666 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
5667 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
5668 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
5669 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
5670 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
5671 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
5672 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
5673 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
5674 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
5675 of PID 1 is the root user).
5676
5677 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
5678 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
5679 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
5680 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
5681 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
5682 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
5683 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
5684 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
5685 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
5686 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
5687 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
5688 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
5689 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
5690 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
5691 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5692
5693 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
5694
5695 CHANGES WITH 227:
5696
5697 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
5698 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
5699 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
5700
5701 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
5702 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
5703 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
5704 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
5705 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
5706 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
5707
5708 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
5709 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
5710 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
5711 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
5712 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
5713
5714 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
5715 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
5716 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
5717 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
5718 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
5719 packets on unestablished sockets.
5720
5721 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
5722 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
5723 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
5724 automatically.
5725
5726 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
5727 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
5728 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
5729
5730 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
5731 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
5732 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
5733 for disk IO.
5734
5735 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
5736 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
5737 removed.
5738
5739 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
5740 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
5741 directory is set to the home directory of the user
5742 configured in User=.
5743
5744 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
5745 directory of the selected user by default.
5746
5747 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
5748 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
5749 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
5750 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
5751 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
5752 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
5753 compat reasons.
5754
5755 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
5756 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
5757 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
5758 units.
5759
5760 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
5761 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
5762 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
5763 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
5764 level.
5765
5766 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
5767 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
5768 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
5769 namespaces work correctly.
5770
5771 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
5772 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
5773 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
5774 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
5775 activation.
5776
5777 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
5778 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
5779 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
5780 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
5781 system instance in a container.
5782
5783 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
5784 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
5785 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
5786 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
5787 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
5788 connections.
5789
5790 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
5791 show the control groups within a certain container only.
5792
5793 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
5794 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
5795 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
5796 processes attached, or similar.
5797
5798 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
5799 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
5800 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
5801
5802 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
5803 specifiers like %i or %f.
5804
5805 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
5806 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
5807 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
5808 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
5809
5810 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
5811 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
5812 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
5813 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
5814 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
5815 descriptors using sd_notify().
5816
5817 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
5818
5819 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
5820 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
5821
5822 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
5823 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
5824
5825 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
5826 .network files.
5827
5828 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
5829 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
5830 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
5831 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
5832 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
5833 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
5834 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
5835 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
5836 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
5837 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
5838 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
5839 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
5840 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
5841 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
5842 gdm-autologin is used.
5843
5844 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
5845 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
5846 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
5847 next to the image file.
5848
5849 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
5850 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
5851 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
5852 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
5853
5854 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
5855 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
5856 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
5857 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
5858 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
5859 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
5860
5861 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
5862 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
5863 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
5864 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
5865 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
5866 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
5867 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
5868 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
5869 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
5870 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
5871 number of files in place.
5872
5873 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
5874 on kernels where that is supported.
5875
5876 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
5877
5878 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
5879 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
5880 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
5881 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
5882 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
5883 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
5884 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
5885 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
5886 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
5887 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
5888 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
5889 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
5890 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
5891 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
5892 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
5893 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5894 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
5895 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
5896
5897 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
5898
5899 CHANGES WITH 226:
5900
5901 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
5902 new features:
5903
5904 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
5905 information. It may be enabled and configured via
5906 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
5907 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
5908 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
5909 is any) is propagated.
5910
5911 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
5912 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
5913 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
5914 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
5915 information is enabled between host and containers by
5916 default now: the container will change its local timezone
5917 to what the host has set.
5918
5919 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
5920 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
5921
5922 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
5923 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
5924 information back, even if the server loses state.
5925
5926 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
5927 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
5928 PoolSize=.
5929
5930 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
5931 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
5932 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
5933 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
5934
5935 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
5936 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
5937 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
5938 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
5939 'dbus-daemon' systems.
5940
5941 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
5942 for virtio devices.
5943
5944 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
5945 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
5946 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
5947 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
5948 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
5949 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
5950 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
5951 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
5952 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
5953 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
5954 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
5955 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
5956 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
5957 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
5958 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
5959 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
5960 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
5961 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
5962 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
5963 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
5964 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
5965 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
5966 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
5967 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
5968 grants them.
5969
5970 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
5971 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
5972 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
5973 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
5974 group tree.
5975
5976 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
5977 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
5978 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
5979 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
5980 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
5981 work correctly in containers now.
5982
5983 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
5984 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
5985
5986 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
5987 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
5988 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
5989 function call is particularly useful when implementing
5990 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
5991
5992 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
5993 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
5994 signal events.
5995
5996 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
5997 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
5998 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
5999 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
6000
6001 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
6002 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
6003 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
6004 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
6005 nspawn command line.
6006
6007 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
6008 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
6009 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
6010 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
6011 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
6012 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
6013 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
6014 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
6015
6016 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
6017
6018 CHANGES WITH 225:
6019
6020 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
6021 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
6022 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
6023 shell directly without prompting for username or
6024 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
6025 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
6026 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
6027 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
6028 the originating session.
6029
6030 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
6031 options and allows other programs to query the values.
6032
6033 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
6034 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
6035 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
6036 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
6037 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
6038 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
6039 probably not stabilize on this release.
6040
6041 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
6042 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
6043 messages.
6044
6045 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
6046 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
6047 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
6048
6049 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
6050 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
6051
6052 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
6053 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
6054 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
6055 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
6056 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
6057 posteriori.
6058
6059 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
6060 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
6061
6062 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
6063 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
6064 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
6065 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
6066 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
6067 "lastlog" tools.
6068
6069 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
6070 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
6071 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
6072 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
6073 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
6074
6075 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
6076 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
6077 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
6078 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
6079 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
6080 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
6081 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
6082 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
6083 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
6084 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
6085 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
6086 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6087
6088 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
6089
6090 CHANGES WITH 224:
6091
6092 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
6093 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
6094
6095 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
6096 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
6097 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
6098
6099 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
6100 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6101 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
6102
6103 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
6104
6105 CHANGES WITH 223:
6106
6107 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
6108 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
6109 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
6110 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
6111
6112 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
6113 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
6114
6115 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
6116 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
6117
6118 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
6119
6120 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
6121 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
6122 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
6123
6124 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
6125 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
6126 decapsulated packet.
6127
6128 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
6129 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
6130 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
6131 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
6132 netlink attribute.
6133
6134 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
6135 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
6136 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
6137 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
6138
6139 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
6140 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
6141 according to RFC2460.
6142
6143 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
6144 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
6145
6146 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
6147 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
6148 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
6149
6150 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
6151 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
6152 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
6153 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
6154 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
6155 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
6156
6157 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
6158 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
6159 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
6160 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
6161 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
6162 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
6163 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
6164 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
6165 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
6166 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6167
6168 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
6169
6170 CHANGES WITH 222:
6171
6172 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
6173 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
6174 or should be used to work around such bugs.
6175
6176 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
6177 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
6178
6179 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
6180 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
6181 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
6182 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
6183 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
6184
6185 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
6186 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
6187 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
6188
6189 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
6190 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
6191 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
6192 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
6193 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
6194
6195 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
6196
6197 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
6198 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
6199 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
6200 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
6201 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
6202 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6203 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
6204 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
6205 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
6206 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6207
6208 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
6209
6210 CHANGES WITH 221:
6211
6212 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
6213 stable and have been added to the official interface of
6214 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
6215 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
6216 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
6217 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
6218 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
6219 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
6220 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
6221 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
6222 portable to other kernels.
6223
6224 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
6225 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
6226 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
6227 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
6228 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
6229 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
6230 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
6231 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
6232 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
6233 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
6234 systemd enabled.
6235
6236 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
6237 2.26.
6238
6239 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
6240 favor of calling an abstraction tool
6241 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
6242 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
6243 in README for details.
6244
6245 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
6246 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
6247 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
6248 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
6249 unit.
6250
6251 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
6252 into man pages.
6253
6254 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
6255 external project.
6256
6257 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
6258 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
6259
6260 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
6261 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
6262 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
6263 state.
6264
6265 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
6266 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
6267 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
6268
6269 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
6270 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
6271 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
6272 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
6273 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
6274 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
6275 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
6276 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
6277 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
6278 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
6279 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
6280 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
6281 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
6282 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
6283 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
6284 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6285
6286 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
6287
6288 CHANGES WITH 220:
6289
6290 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
6291 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
6292 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
6293 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
6294 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
6295 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
6296 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
6297 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
6298
6299 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
6300 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
6301 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
6302 service consumed). This value is only available if
6303 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
6304 in the "systemctl status" output.
6305
6306 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
6307 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
6308 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
6309 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
6310 previously was already the default behaviour).
6311
6312 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
6313 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
6314 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
6315
6316 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
6317 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
6318 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
6319 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
6320
6321 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
6322 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
6323 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
6324 journalling file systems that support external journal
6325 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
6326 systems to be mounted.
6327
6328 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
6329 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
6330 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
6331 stable release this should not be problematic.
6332
6333 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
6334 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
6335 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
6336 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
6337 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
6338
6339 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
6340 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
6341 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
6342 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
6343 network switches.
6344
6345 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
6346 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
6347
6348 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
6349 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
6350 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
6351
6352 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
6353
6354 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
6355 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
6356 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
6357 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
6358 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
6359 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
6360 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
6361 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
6362 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
6363 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
6364 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
6365 been fixed in v220.
6366
6367 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
6368 systemd-networkd.
6369
6370 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
6371 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
6372 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
6373 containers started from the command line.
6374
6375 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
6376 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
6377
6378 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
6379 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
6380 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
6381 indirection via a pseudo tty.
6382
6383 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
6384 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
6385 when shutting down.
6386
6387 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
6388 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
6389 overlayfs support.
6390
6391 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
6392 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
6393 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
6394 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
6395 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
6396 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
6397 images are imported via systemd-importd.
6398
6399 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
6400 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
6401 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
6402
6403 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
6404 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
6405 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
6406 of v1 as before).
6407
6408 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
6409 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
6410
6411 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
6412 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
6413 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
6414 without further privileges or authorization.
6415
6416 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
6417 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
6418 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
6419 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
6420 accessible via a bus interface.
6421
6422 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
6423 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
6424 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
6425 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
6426 to cover this functionality.
6427
6428 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
6429 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
6430 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
6431 disabled/masked also stopped.
6432
6433 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
6434 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
6435 updated to support systemd-boot.
6436
6437 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
6438 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
6439 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
6440 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
6441 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
6442 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
6443 like this and can extract OS release information from them
6444 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
6445 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
6446
6447 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
6448 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
6449 system.
6450
6451 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block devices by
6452 default. A deny list for excluding special block devices from this
6453 logic has been turned into a allow list that requires picking block
6454 devices explicitly that require device symlinks.
6455
6456 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
6457 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
6458 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
6459 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
6460
6461 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
6462 stick devices has been added.
6463
6464 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
6465 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
6466
6467 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
6468 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
6469 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
6470 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
6471 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
6472
6473 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
6474 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
6475 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
6476
6477 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
6478 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
6479 Debian.
6480
6481 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
6482 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
6483 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
6484
6485 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
6486 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
6487 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
6488 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
6489 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
6490 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
6491 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
6492 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
6493 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
6494 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
6495 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
6496 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
6497 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
6498 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
6499 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
6500 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
6501 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
6502 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
6503 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
6504 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
6505 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
6506 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
6507 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
6508 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
6509 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
6510 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
6511 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6512
6513 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
6514
6515 CHANGES WITH 219:
6516
6517 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
6518 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
6519 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
6520 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
6521 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
6522 interface with and update the database.
6523
6524 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
6525 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
6526 before bytewise copying is done.
6527
6528 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
6529 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
6530 directory, and immediately removed when the container
6531 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
6532 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
6533 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
6534 for starting a container off the root file system of the
6535 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
6536 available on btrfs file systems.
6537
6538 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
6539 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
6540 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
6541 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
6542 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
6543 systems.
6544
6545 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
6546 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
6547 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
6548 mount point remains.
6549
6550 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
6551 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
6552 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
6553 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
6554 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
6555 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
6556 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
6557 are disabled.
6558
6559 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
6560 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
6561 container to the host or vice versa.
6562
6563 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
6564 mount host directories into local containers. This is
6565 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
6566
6567 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
6568 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
6569
6570 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
6571 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
6572 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
6573 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
6574 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
6575 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
6576 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
6577 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
6578 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
6579 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
6580 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
6581 make the functionality of importd available to the
6582 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
6583 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
6584 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
6585 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
6586 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
6587 only fully supported on btrfs.
6588
6589 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
6590 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
6591 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
6592 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
6593 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
6594 information about images.
6595
6596 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
6597 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
6598 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
6599 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
6600 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
6601 legacy file systems).
6602
6603 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
6604 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
6605 shown in networkctl output.
6606
6607 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
6608 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
6609 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
6610 processes as system services while interactively
6611 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
6612 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
6613 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
6614 full login session, the difference being that the former
6615 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
6616 setup.
6617
6618 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
6619 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
6620 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
6621 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
6622 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
6623
6624 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
6625 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
6626 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
6627 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
6628 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
6629 via qemu/kvm.
6630
6631 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
6632 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
6633 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
6634 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
6635 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
6636 disk images, too.
6637
6638 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
6639 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
6640 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
6641 integrate with that.
6642
6643 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
6644 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
6645 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
6646 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
6647
6648 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
6649 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
6650 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
6651
6652 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
6653 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
6654 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
6655 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
6656 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
6657 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
6658 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
6659 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
6660 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
6661 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
6662
6663 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
6664 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
6665 files.
6666
6667 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
6668 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
6669 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
6670 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
6671 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
6672 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
6673 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
6674 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
6675 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
6676 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
6677 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
6678 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
6679 explicitly turned on.
6680
6681 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
6682 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
6683 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
6684 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
6685
6686 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
6687 supported.
6688
6689 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
6690 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
6691 user/session following the status output. Similar,
6692 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
6693 associated with a virtual machine or container
6694 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
6695 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
6696 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
6697 output however.)
6698
6699 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
6700 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
6701 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
6702 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
6703 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
6704 caller's session/user.
6705
6706 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
6707 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
6708 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
6709 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
6710 user services.
6711
6712 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
6713 same way as unit files.
6714
6715 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
6716 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
6717 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
6718 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
6719 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
6720 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
6721 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
6722 the host.
6723
6724 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
6725 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
6726 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
6727 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
6728 the host as if their services were running directly on the
6729 host.
6730
6731 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
6732 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
6733 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
6734 updated to make use of it too by default.
6735
6736 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
6737 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
6738 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
6739 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
6740
6741 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
6742 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
6743 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
6744 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
6745 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
6746 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
6747 modification.
6748
6749 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
6750 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
6751 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
6752 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
6753 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
6754 information about Touchpad types.
6755
6756 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
6757 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
6758
6759 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
6760 Policy link field.
6761
6762 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
6763 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
6764
6765 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
6766 ACLs on files.
6767
6768 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
6769 tmpfs, automatically.
6770
6771 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
6772 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
6773 status" output, if available.
6774
6775 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
6776 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
6777 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
6778 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
6779 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
6780 run on next reboot.
6781
6782 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
6783 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
6784 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
6785 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
6786 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
6787 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
6788 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
6789
6790 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
6791 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
6792 after a configurable timeout.
6793
6794 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
6795 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
6796 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
6797 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
6798 it non-idle.
6799
6800 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
6801 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
6802
6803 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
6804 each .network interface in networkd.
6805
6806 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
6807 in .network files.
6808
6809 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
6810 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
6811
6812 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
6813 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
6814 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
6815 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
6816 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
6817 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
6818 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
6819 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
6820 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
6821 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
6822 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
6823 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6824 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
6825 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
6826 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
6827 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
6828 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
6829 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
6830 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
6831 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
6832 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
6833 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
6834 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
6835 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6836
6837 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
6838
6839 CHANGES WITH 218:
6840
6841 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
6842 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
6843 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
6844 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
6845
6846 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
6847 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
6848 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
6849 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
6850 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
6851
6852 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
6853
6854 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
6855 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
6856 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
6857 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
6858 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
6859 modified configuration after editing.
6860
6861 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
6862 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
6863 system preset files.
6864
6865 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label hostname
6866 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
6867 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
6868 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
6869 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
6870 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
6871 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
6872 systems that use the single-label hostname "gateway" in
6873 other contexts.
6874
6875 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
6876 inhibitors.
6877
6878 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
6879 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
6880 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
6881 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
6882 managers.
6883
6884 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
6885 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
6886 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
6887 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
6888 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
6889 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
6890 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
6891 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
6892 parallel to journald.
6893
6894 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
6895 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
6896 available.
6897
6898 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
6899 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
6900 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
6901 or are not older than the specified time.
6902
6903 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
6904 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
6905 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
6906 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
6907
6908 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
6909 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
6910 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
6911 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
6912 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
6913 communication.
6914
6915 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
6916 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
6917 services.
6918
6919 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
6920 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
6921 including their signature and values. This is particularly
6922 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
6923 the new "busctl tree" command.
6924
6925 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
6926 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
6927 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
6928 friendly way.
6929
6930 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
6931 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
6932 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
6933 race-ful way.
6934
6935 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
6936 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
6937 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
6938 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
6939 --link-journal=try-guest.
6940
6941 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
6942 stable MAC addresses.
6943
6944 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
6945 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
6946 the respective unit shall use.
6947
6948 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
6949 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
6950 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
6951 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
6952
6953 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
6954 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
6955 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
6956 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
6957 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
6958 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
6959
6960 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
6961 details see:
6962
6963 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
6964
6965 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
6966 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
6967 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
6968 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
6969 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
6970 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
6971 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
6972 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
6973 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
6974 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
6975 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
6976 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
6977
6978 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
6979 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
6980 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
6981 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
6982 bluetooth, ...) is used.
6983
6984 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
6985 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
6986 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
6987 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
6988 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
6989 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
6990 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
6991 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
6992
6993 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
6994 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
6995 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
6996 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
6997 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
6998 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
6999 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
7000 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
7001 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
7002 interface.
7003
7004 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
7005 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
7006 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
7007 luks.name= argument.
7008
7009 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
7010 (this was previously already available for scope and service
7011 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
7012 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
7013 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
7014 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
7015
7016 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
7017 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
7018 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
7019
7020 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
7021 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
7022 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
7023 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
7024 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
7025 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
7026 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
7027 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7028 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
7029 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
7030 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
7031 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
7032 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
7033 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
7034 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
7035 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
7036 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
7037 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7038
7039 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
7040
7041 CHANGES WITH 217:
7042
7043 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
7044 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
7045 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
7046 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
7047
7048 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
7049 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
7050 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
7051 now waits until the operation is complete.
7052
7053 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
7054 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
7055 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
7056 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
7057 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
7058 connection.
7059
7060 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
7061 commands anymore.
7062
7063 * User units are now loaded also from
7064 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
7065 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
7066 supported, but is under the control of the user.
7067
7068 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
7069 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
7070 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
7071 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
7072 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
7073 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
7074 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
7075 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
7076 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
7077 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
7078 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
7079 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
7080 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
7081 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
7082 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
7083 question.
7084
7085 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
7086 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
7087 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
7088
7089 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
7090 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
7091 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
7092 command line to trigger resume.
7093
7094 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
7095 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
7096 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
7097 Desktop=systemd-console.
7098
7099 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
7100 systemd-networkd.
7101
7102 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
7103 from the information provided by the networking stack
7104 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
7105
7106 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
7107 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
7108
7109 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
7110 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
7111 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
7112
7113 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
7114
7115 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
7116 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
7117 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
7118 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
7119 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
7120 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
7121
7122 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
7123 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
7124 respected.
7125
7126 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
7127 virtualization.
7128
7129 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
7130 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
7131 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
7132 on.
7133
7134 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
7135
7136 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
7137
7138 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
7139 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
7140 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
7141 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
7142 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
7143 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
7144 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
7145
7146 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
7147 available for service units, that allows locking all service
7148 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
7149 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
7150 from the service's view entirely.
7151
7152 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
7153 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
7154
7155 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
7156 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
7157 session.
7158
7159 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
7160 legacy-free systems.
7161
7162 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
7163 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
7164 easily.
7165
7166 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
7167 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
7168 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
7169 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
7170 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
7171 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
7172 option.
7173
7174 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
7175 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
7176 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
7177 /usr.
7178
7179 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
7180 services, not only the main process.
7181
7182 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
7183 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
7184 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
7185 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
7186 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
7187
7188 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
7189 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
7190 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
7191 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
7192 directly from now on, again.
7193
7194 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
7195 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
7196 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
7197 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
7198 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
7199 enabling and disabling.
7200
7201 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
7202 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
7203 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
7204 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
7205 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
7206 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
7207 unnecessary or unlikely.
7208
7209 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
7210 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
7211 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
7212 "annually", "hourly", ...).
7213
7214 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
7215 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
7216 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
7217 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
7218 overwritten at runtime.
7219
7220 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
7221 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
7222 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
7223 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
7224 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
7225 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
7226 segmentation fault.
7227
7228 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
7229 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
7230 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
7231 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
7232 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
7233 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
7234 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
7235 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
7236 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
7237 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
7238 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
7239 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
7240 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
7241 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
7242 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
7243 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
7244 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
7245 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
7246 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
7247 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
7248 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
7249 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7250
7251 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
7252
7253 CHANGES WITH 216:
7254
7255 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
7256 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
7257 implementations should add a
7258
7259 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
7260
7261 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
7262 default functionality.
7263
7264 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
7265 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
7266 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
7267 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
7268 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
7269 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
7270 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
7271 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
7272 files might need to be owned by them. A new
7273 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
7274 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
7275 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
7276 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
7277
7278 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
7279 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
7280 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
7281 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
7282 added eventually, too.
7283
7284 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
7285 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
7286 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
7287 new command to update these fields.
7288
7289 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
7290 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
7291 have been discovered via DHCP.
7292
7293 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
7294 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
7295 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
7296 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
7297 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
7298 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
7299 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
7300 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
7301 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
7302 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
7303 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
7304 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
7305 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
7306 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
7307 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
7308 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
7309 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
7310 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
7311 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
7312 implementation to systemd-resolved.
7313
7314 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
7315 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
7316 containers to their respective IP addresses.
7317
7318 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
7319 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
7320 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
7321 and present it to the user in a very friendly
7322 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
7323 control utility for networkd.
7324
7325 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
7326 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
7327 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
7328 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
7329 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
7330 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
7331 (NoDelay=).
7332
7333 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
7334 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
7335
7336 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
7337 be started only after time-sync.target has been
7338 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
7339 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
7340 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
7341 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
7342
7343 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
7344 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
7345 of the link.
7346
7347 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
7348 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
7349
7350 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
7351 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
7352
7353 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
7354 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
7355 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
7356 for DHCP.
7357
7358 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
7359 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
7360 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
7361 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
7362 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
7363 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
7364 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
7365 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
7366
7367 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
7368 validation of unit files.
7369
7370 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
7371 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
7372 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
7373 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
7374 address may now be configured.
7375
7376 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
7377 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
7378 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
7379 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
7380
7381 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
7382 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
7383
7384 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
7385 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
7386 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
7387 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
7388
7389 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
7390 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
7391 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
7392 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
7393 implementation.
7394
7395 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
7396 journal data to a remote system running
7397 systemd-journal-remote.
7398
7399 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
7400 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
7401 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
7402 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
7403 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
7404 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
7405 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
7406 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
7407 version, you have to turn this option on again
7408 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
7409
7410 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
7411 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
7412 better than XZ which was the previous default.
7413
7414 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
7415 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
7416
7417 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
7418 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
7419
7420 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
7421 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
7422 "systemctl status" output for a service.
7423
7424 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
7425 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
7426 hostname, root password) interactively on first
7427 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
7428 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
7429
7430 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
7431
7432 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
7433
7434 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
7435 when primary addresses are removed.
7436
7437 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
7438 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
7439 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
7440 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
7441 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
7442 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
7443 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7444 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
7445 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
7446 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
7447 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
7448 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
7449 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
7450 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
7451 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7452
7453 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
7454
7455 CHANGES WITH 215:
7456
7457 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
7458 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
7459 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
7460 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
7461 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
7462 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
7463 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
7464 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
7465 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
7466 require.
7467
7468 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
7469 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
7470
7471 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
7472 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
7473 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
7474 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
7475 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
7476 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
7477 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
7478
7479 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
7480 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
7481 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
7482 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
7483 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
7484 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
7485 update or reset should use this condition and order
7486 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
7487 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
7488 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
7489 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
7490 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
7491 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
7492 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
7493 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
7494 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
7495
7496 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
7497
7498 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
7499 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
7500 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
7501 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
7502
7503 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
7504 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
7505 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
7506 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
7507 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
7508 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
7509 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
7510 .network files using settings of this section should be
7511 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
7512 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
7513
7514 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
7515 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
7516
7517 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
7518 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
7519 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
7520 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
7521 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
7522 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
7523 of nspawn instances.
7524
7525 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
7526 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
7527 added.
7528
7529 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
7530 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
7531 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
7532 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
7533 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
7534 configuration stored in /etc.
7535
7536 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
7537 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
7538 parsing of unknown mount options.
7539
7540 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
7541 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
7542 it already exist and not already be the correct
7543 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
7544 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
7545 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
7546 pre-existing files of different types.
7547
7548 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
7549 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
7550 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
7551 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
7552 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
7553 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
7554 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
7555
7556 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
7557 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
7558 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
7559 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
7560 shall be executed.
7561
7562 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
7563 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
7564 example whether it is fully up and running.
7565
7566 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
7567 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
7568 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
7569 reset.
7570
7571 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
7572 most basic services systemd ships by default.
7573
7574 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
7575 field for defining the default instance to create if a
7576 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
7577
7578 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
7579 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
7580 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
7581
7582 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
7583 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
7584 access to this group.
7585
7586 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
7587 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
7588 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
7589 to the journal.
7590
7591 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
7592 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
7593 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
7594 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
7595 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
7596 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
7597
7598 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
7599 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
7600 that makes sure to only show information about the most
7601 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
7602 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
7603 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
7604 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
7605 the old name to the new name.
7606
7607 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
7608 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
7609 coredumpctl without restrictions.
7610
7611 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
7612 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
7613 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
7614 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
7615 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
7616 "systemd-debug-generator".
7617
7618 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
7619 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
7620 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
7621 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
7622 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
7623 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
7624 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
7625 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
7626 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
7627 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
7628 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
7629
7630 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
7631 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
7632 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
7633 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
7634 been added to query many of these paths for the local
7635 machine and user.
7636
7637 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
7638 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
7639 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
7640 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
7641 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
7642
7643 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
7644 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
7645 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
7646 couple of drop-in directories.
7647
7648 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
7649 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
7650 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
7651 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
7652 for dev_port.
7653
7654 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
7655 container (read from /etc/os-release and
7656 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
7657 "machinectl status" for a machine.
7658
7659 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
7660 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
7661 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
7662 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
7663 Restart= setting.
7664
7665 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
7666 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
7667 directly connect to a specific container on the
7668 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
7669 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
7670 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
7671 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
7672 containers is a privileged operation.
7673
7674 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
7675 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
7676 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
7677 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
7678 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7679 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
7680 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
7681 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
7682 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
7683 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
7684 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
7685 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7686
7687 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
7688
7689 CHANGES WITH 214:
7690
7691 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
7692 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
7693 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
7694 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
7695 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
7696 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
7697 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
7698 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
7699 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
7700 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
7701 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
7702 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
7703 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
7704 devices are excluded from this logic.
7705
7706 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
7707 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
7708 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
7709 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
7710 change has been released.
7711
7712 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
7713 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
7714 libattr is thus unnecessary.
7715
7716 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
7717 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
7718 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
7719 with fewer privileges.
7720
7721 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
7722 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
7723 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
7724 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
7725
7726 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
7727 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
7728
7729 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
7730 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
7731
7732 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
7733 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
7734 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
7735
7736 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
7737 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
7738 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
7739 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
7740 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
7741 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
7742
7743 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
7744 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
7745 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
7746
7747 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
7748 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
7749 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
7750 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
7751 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
7752 modifications of user data or system files from
7753 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
7754 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
7755
7756 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
7757 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
7758 and FIFOs in the file system.
7759
7760 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
7761 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
7762 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
7763
7764 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
7765 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
7766 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
7767 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
7768 the socket itself.
7769
7770 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
7771 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
7772 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
7773 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
7774 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
7775 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
7776 symlinks, and nothing else.
7777
7778 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
7779 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
7780 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
7781 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
7782 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
7783 process (for example, the parent process). The
7784 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
7785 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
7786 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
7787 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
7788 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
7789 messages to services when the originating process already
7790 vanished.
7791
7792 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
7793 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
7794 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
7795 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
7796 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
7797 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
7798 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
7799 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
7800 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
7801 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
7802 all long-running services.
7803
7804 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
7805 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
7806 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
7807 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
7808 service.
7809
7810 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
7811 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
7812 applied to all submounts, too.
7813
7814 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
7815
7816 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
7817 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
7818 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
7819 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
7820 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
7821 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
7822 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
7823
7824 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
7825 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
7826 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
7827 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
7828 (domU) domains.
7829
7830 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
7831 files or entire directories.
7832
7833 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
7834 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
7835 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
7836 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
7837 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
7838
7839 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
7840 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
7841 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
7842 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
7843 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
7844 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
7845 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
7846 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
7847 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
7848 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
7849 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
7850 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
7851
7852 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
7853 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
7854 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
7855 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
7856
7857 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
7858 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
7859 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
7860 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
7861 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
7862 non-directories.
7863
7864 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
7865 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
7866 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
7867
7868 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
7869 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
7870 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
7871 this group.
7872
7873 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
7874 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
7875 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
7876 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
7877 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
7878 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
7879 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7880
7881 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
7882
7883 CHANGES WITH 213:
7884
7885 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
7886 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
7887 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
7888 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
7889 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
7890 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
7891 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
7892 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
7893 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
7894 client should be more than appropriate for most
7895 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
7896 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
7897 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
7898 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
7899 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
7900 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
7901 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
7902 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
7903 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
7904 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
7905 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
7906
7907 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
7908 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
7909 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
7910 part of a different namespace.
7911
7912 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
7913 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
7914 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
7915 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
7916
7917 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
7918 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
7919 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
7920
7921 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
7922 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
7923 when a service fails. This works similarly to
7924 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
7925 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
7926 restart the service in question.
7927
7928 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
7929 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
7930 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
7931 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
7932 details when running non-locally.
7933
7934 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
7935 graphs it generates.
7936
7937 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
7938 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
7939 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
7940 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
7941 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
7942
7943 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
7944
7945 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
7946 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
7947 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
7948 what it was on SysV systems.
7949
7950 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
7951 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
7952
7953 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
7954 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
7955 application-specific extension sections in unit files.
7956
7957 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
7958 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
7959 to show these addresses in its output.
7960
7961 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
7962 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
7963 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
7964 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
7965 preferred over a text one.
7966
7967 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
7968 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
7969 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
7970 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
7971 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
7972 mDNS cache.
7973
7974 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
7975 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
7976 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
7977 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
7978 of network configuration performed in some other way.
7979
7980 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
7981 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
7982 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
7983 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
7984 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
7985
7986 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
7987 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
7988 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
7989 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
7990 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
7991 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
7992 overrides any other settings.
7993
7994 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
7995 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
7996 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
7997 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
7998 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
7999 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
8000 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
8001 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
8002 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8003 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
8004 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
8005 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
8006 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
8007 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
8008 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
8009 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
8010 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8011
8012 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
8013
8014 CHANGES WITH 212:
8015
8016 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
8017 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
8018 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
8019 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
8020 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
8021 by accident.
8022
8023 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
8024 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
8025 registered with machined.
8026
8027 * sd-login gained new calls
8028 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
8029 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
8030 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
8031 counterparts.
8032
8033 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
8034 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
8035 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
8036 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
8037 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
8038 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
8039 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
8040 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
8041 once.
8042
8043 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
8044 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
8045 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
8046
8047 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
8048 units on all local containers, when used with the
8049 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
8050 executed when no parameters are specified).
8051
8052 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
8053 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
8054 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
8055 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
8056
8057 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
8058 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
8059 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
8060 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
8061 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
8062 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
8063
8064 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
8065 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
8066 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
8067 of the container.
8068
8069 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
8070 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
8071 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
8072 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
8073 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
8074 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
8075 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
8076 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
8077
8078 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
8079 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
8080 instead of /.
8081
8082 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
8083 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
8084 emergency messages now.
8085
8086 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
8087 journal log messages across the network.
8088
8089 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
8090 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
8091 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
8092 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
8093 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
8094 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
8095 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
8096
8097 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
8098 down a local OS container.
8099
8100 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
8101 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
8102 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
8103
8104 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
8105 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
8106 this is appropriate.
8107
8108 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
8109 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
8110 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
8111
8112 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
8113 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
8114 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
8115 for debugging purposes.
8116
8117 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
8118 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
8119 in seconds.
8120
8121 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
8122 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
8123 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
8124 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
8125 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
8126 like on traditional inetd.
8127
8128 * A new system.conf configuration option
8129 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
8130 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
8131
8132 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
8133 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
8134 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
8135 do these days).
8136
8137 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
8138 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
8139 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
8140 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
8141 could not take place because the system was powered off.
8142 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
8143
8144 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
8145 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
8146 it will be triggered.
8147
8148 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
8149 addresses to its local interfaces.
8150
8151 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
8152 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
8153 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
8154 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
8155 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
8156 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
8157 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
8158 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
8159 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8160
8161 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
8162
8163 CHANGES WITH 211:
8164
8165 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
8166 added to restrict which socket address families unit
8167 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
8168 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
8169 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
8170 is built on seccomp system call filters.
8171
8172 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
8173 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
8174 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
8175 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
8176 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
8177 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
8178 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
8179 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
8180 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
8181
8182 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
8183 matching against device group names.
8184
8185 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
8186 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
8187 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
8188 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
8189 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
8190 though.
8191
8192 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
8193 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
8194 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
8195 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
8196 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
8197 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
8198 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
8199 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
8200 systems prepared appropriately.
8201
8202 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
8203 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
8204 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
8205 (see above). This means that installations made with
8206 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
8207 deployed using container managers, completely
8208 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
8209 this feature soon, too.)
8210
8211 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
8212 set up a private macvlan interface for the
8213 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
8214 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
8215
8216 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
8217 using IPv4LL.
8218
8219 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
8220 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
8221 systemd-networkd.
8222
8223 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
8224 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
8225 still not a public API though (unless you specify
8226 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
8227 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
8228
8229 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
8230 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
8231 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
8232 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
8233 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
8234 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
8235 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
8236 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
8237 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
8238 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
8239 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
8240 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
8241 users.
8242
8243 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
8244 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
8245 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
8246 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
8247 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
8248 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
8249 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
8250 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
8251 due to a closed lid.
8252
8253 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
8254 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
8255 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
8256 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
8257 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
8258 order to then act as suspend blocker.
8259
8260 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
8261 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
8262 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
8263 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
8264 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
8265
8266 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
8267 now also work in --scope mode.
8268
8269 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
8270 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
8271 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
8272 promises are made.)
8273
8274 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
8275 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
8276 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
8277 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
8278 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
8279 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
8280 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
8281 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
8282 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
8283 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8284
8285 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
8286
8287 CHANGES WITH 210:
8288
8289 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
8290 according to SMACK rules.
8291
8292 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
8293 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
8294
8295 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
8296 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
8297 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
8298
8299 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
8300 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, hostname
8301 and machine ID.
8302
8303 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
8304 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
8305 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
8306 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
8307 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
8308 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
8309 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
8310 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
8311 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
8312 backpack or similar.
8313
8314 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
8315 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
8316 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
8317 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
8318 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
8319 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
8320 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
8321 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
8322 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
8323 this on its own.
8324
8325 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
8326 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
8327 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
8328 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
8329
8330 * We will now ship a default .network file for
8331 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
8332 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
8333 --network-bridge= switches.
8334
8335 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
8336 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
8337 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
8338 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
8339 metrics, according to what is customary according to
8340 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
8341 each configuration option.
8342
8343 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax to
8344 allow-list an entire group of devices node majors at once, based on
8345 the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the string "char-pts",
8346 it is now possible to allow-list all current and future pseudo-TTYs
8347 at once.
8348
8349 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
8350 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
8351 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
8352 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
8353 triggered by other work being done in the program.
8354
8355 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
8356 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
8357 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
8358 default however.
8359
8360 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
8361 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
8362 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
8363 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
8364 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
8365 them with systemd-networkd.
8366
8367 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
8368 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
8369 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
8370 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
8371 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
8372 is drastically increased, but given that these are
8373 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
8374 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
8375 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
8376 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
8377 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
8378 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
8379 during a transitional period!
8380
8381 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
8382 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
8383
8384 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
8385 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
8386 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
8387 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
8388 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
8389 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
8390 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
8391 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8392
8393 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
8394
8395 CHANGES WITH 209:
8396
8397 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
8398 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
8399 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
8400 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
8401 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
8402 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
8403 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
8404 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
8405 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
8406 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
8407 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
8408 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
8409
8410 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
8411 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
8412 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
8413 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
8414 machines and the like.
8415
8416 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
8417 shutdown/boot.
8418
8419 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
8420 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
8421
8422 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
8423 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
8424 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
8425 prepared for additional security frameworks.
8426
8427 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
8428 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
8429 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
8430 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
8431 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
8432 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
8433
8434 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
8435 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
8436 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
8437 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
8438 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
8439 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
8440 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
8441 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
8442 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
8443
8444 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
8445 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
8446
8447 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
8448 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
8449 implementation.
8450
8451 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
8452 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
8453 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
8454 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
8455 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
8456 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
8457 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
8458 and .service units.
8459
8460 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
8461 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
8462 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
8463
8464 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
8465 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
8466 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
8467 nothing makes use of it.
8468
8469 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
8470 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
8471 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
8472
8473 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
8474 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
8475 compatibility purposes.
8476
8477 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
8478 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
8479 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
8480 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
8481 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
8482 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
8483 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
8484 process handling.
8485
8486 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
8487 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
8488 style to "sd-bus.h".
8489
8490 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
8491 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
8492 "systemd-networkd".
8493
8494 * There is a new kernel command line option
8495 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
8496 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
8497 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
8498 are not restored.
8499
8500 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
8501 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
8502 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
8503 PID1's support for that anymore.
8504
8505 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
8506 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
8507
8508 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
8509 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
8510 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
8511 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
8512 container that is registered with machined, such as those
8513 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
8514
8515 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
8516 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
8517 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
8518 onto remote systems.
8519
8520 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
8521 login in any local container. This works with any container
8522 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
8523 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
8524
8525 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
8526 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
8527 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
8528 system of some kind.
8529
8530 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
8531 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
8532 next.
8533
8534 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
8535 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
8536 reboot() system call.
8537
8538 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
8539 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
8540 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
8541 still available but not advertised anymore.
8542
8543 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
8544 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
8545 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
8546 within each Unit.
8547
8548 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
8549 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
8550 the kernel).
8551
8552 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
8553 timestamps (following the setting in
8554 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
8555
8556 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
8557 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
8558
8559 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
8560 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
8561
8562 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
8563 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
8564 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
8565
8566 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
8567 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
8568 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
8569 the full configuration is shown.
8570
8571 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
8572 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
8573 those commands which take multiple unit names.
8574
8575 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
8576
8577 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
8578 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
8579
8580 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
8581 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
8582 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
8583 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
8584
8585 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
8586 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
8587 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
8588 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
8589
8590 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
8591 of the legend text.
8592
8593 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
8594 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
8595 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
8596 remote sessions.
8597
8598 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
8599 information of SDIO devices.
8600
8601 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
8602 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
8603 the system manager.
8604
8605 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
8606 short description of the connection parameters in the
8607 description.
8608
8609 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
8610 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
8611 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
8612 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
8613 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
8614 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
8615 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
8616
8617 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
8618 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS hostname resolution
8619 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
8620 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
8621 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
8622 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
8623 hostname resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
8624 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
8625 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
8626
8627 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
8628 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
8629 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
8630 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
8631 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
8632 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
8633 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
8634 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
8635 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
8636 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
8637 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
8638 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
8639 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
8640 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
8641 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
8642 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
8643 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
8644 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
8645 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
8646 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
8647 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
8648 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
8649 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
8650
8651 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
8652 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
8653 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
8654 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
8655 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
8656 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
8657 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
8658 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
8659 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
8660 that you are aware of the instability of the current
8661 APIs.
8662
8663 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
8664 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
8665 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
8666 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
8667 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
8668 declare the APIs stable.
8669
8670 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
8671 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
8672 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
8673 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
8674 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
8675 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
8676 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
8677 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
8678 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
8679 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
8680 one of them is updated.
8681
8682 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
8683 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
8684 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
8685 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
8686 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
8687
8688 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
8689 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
8690 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
8691 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
8692 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
8693 entry points.
8694
8695 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
8696 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
8697 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
8698 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
8699 been disabled at compile-time.
8700
8701 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
8702 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
8703 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
8704 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
8705
8706 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
8707 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
8708 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
8709
8710 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
8711 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
8712 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
8713
8714 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
8715 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
8716 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
8717
8718 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
8719 remains until jobs expire.
8720
8721 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
8722 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
8723 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
8724 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
8725 all remaining processes of the service.
8726
8727 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
8728 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
8729 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
8730 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
8731 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
8732 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
8733 manager process which created them takes no further
8734 responsibilities for it.
8735
8736 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
8737 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
8738 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
8739 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
8740 marked executable or world-writable.
8741
8742 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
8743 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
8744 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
8745 "--setenv=" for consistency.
8746
8747 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
8748 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
8749 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
8750 independent of the host.
8751
8752 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
8753 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
8754 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
8755 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
8756
8757 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
8758 with specific SELinux labels set.
8759
8760 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
8761 any additional output but the container's own console
8762 output.
8763
8764 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
8765 container without PID namespacing enabled.
8766
8767 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
8768 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
8769 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
8770 OS images, but only specific apps.
8771
8772 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
8773 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
8774 results in registration of the unit service itself in
8775 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
8776
8777 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
8778 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
8779 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
8780 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
8781 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
8782 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
8783
8784 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
8785 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
8786 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
8787 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
8788 units to use.
8789
8790 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
8791 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
8792 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
8793 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
8794
8795 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
8796 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
8797 context for a service.
8798
8799 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
8800 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
8801 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
8802 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
8803 influence this logic.
8804
8805 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
8806 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
8807 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
8808 other things.
8809
8810 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
8811 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
8812 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
8813 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
8814 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
8815 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
8816 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
8817 architectures). There is also a global
8818 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
8819 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
8820
8821 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
8822 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
8823
8824 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
8825 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
8826 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
8827 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
8828 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
8829 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
8830 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
8831 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
8832 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
8833 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
8834 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
8835 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
8836 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8837 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
8838 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
8839 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
8840 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
8841 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
8842 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
8843 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
8844 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
8845 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
8846 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
8847 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8848
8849 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
8850
8851 CHANGES WITH 208:
8852
8853 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
8854 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
8855 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
8856 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
8857 access input and drm devices which are normally
8858 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
8859 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
8860 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
8861 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
8862 session switching without allowing background sessions to
8863 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
8864 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
8865 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
8866
8867 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
8868 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
8869 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
8870
8871 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
8872 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
8873 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
8874 kernel version number.
8875
8876 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
8877 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
8878 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
8879
8880 * This release removes high-level support for the
8881 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
8882 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
8883 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
8884 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
8885
8886 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
8887 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
8888 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
8889 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
8890 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
8891 cgroup system.
8892
8893 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
8894 messages containing the slice a message was generated
8895 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
8896 logs among other things.
8897
8898 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
8899 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
8900 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
8901 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
8902 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
8903 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
8904 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
8905 journald which would be necessary to resolve
8906 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
8907 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
8908 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
8909 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
8910 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
8911 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
8912 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
8913 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
8914 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
8915 not delayed until next reboot.
8916
8917 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
8918 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
8919 systemd generated files in one directory.
8920
8921 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
8922 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
8923 performance information if that's available to determine how
8924 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
8925 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
8926 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
8927
8928 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
8929 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
8930 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
8931 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8932 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
8933 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
8934 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8935
8936 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
8937
8938 CHANGES WITH 207:
8939
8940 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
8941 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
8942 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
8943 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
8944
8945 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
8946 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
8947 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
8948 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
8949 specified on the kernel command line less important.
8950
8951 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
8952 retrieve the VT number of a session.
8953
8954 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
8955 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
8956 maximum number of tries.
8957
8958 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
8959 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
8960 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
8961
8962 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
8963 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
8964
8965 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
8966 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
8967 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
8968
8969 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
8970 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
8971 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
8972
8973 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
8974 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
8975 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
8976 and type).
8977
8978 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
8979 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
8980
8981 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
8982 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
8983 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
8984 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
8985
8986 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
8987 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
8988 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
8989 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
8990 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
8991 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
8992 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
8993 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
8994
8995 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
8996 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
8997 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
8998 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
8999
9000 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
9001 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
9002 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
9003 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
9004 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
9005 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
9006 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
9007
9008 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
9009 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
9010
9011 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
9012 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
9013 automatically after the process terminated.
9014
9015 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
9016 certain paths from operation.
9017
9018 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
9019 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
9020 is received.
9021
9022 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
9023 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
9024 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
9025 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
9026 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
9027 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
9028 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
9029 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
9030 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
9031 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
9032 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
9033 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
9034 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9035
9036 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
9037
9038 CHANGES WITH 206:
9039
9040 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
9041 concepts introduced with 205.
9042
9043 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
9044 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
9045 -r".
9046
9047 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
9048 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
9049 --state= parameter.
9050
9051 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
9052 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
9053 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
9054 the journal.
9055
9056 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
9057 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
9058 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
9059
9060 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
9061 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
9062 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
9063 browsing logs from that point on.
9064
9065 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
9066 of an FSS key.
9067
9068 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
9069 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
9070 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
9071 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
9072 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
9073 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
9074 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
9075 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
9076 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
9077 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
9078 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
9079 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
9080 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
9081 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
9082
9083 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
9084 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
9085 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
9086 backing module right-away.
9087
9088 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
9089 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
9090
9091 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
9092 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
9093
9094 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
9095 set of processes in the message metadata.
9096
9097 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
9098
9099 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
9100 support for passing performance data via environment
9101 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
9102 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
9103 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
9104 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
9105 deserialize it again.
9106
9107 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
9108 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
9109 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
9110 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
9111
9112 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
9113 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
9114 completely silent shutdown when used.
9115
9116 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
9117 option in .socket units.
9118
9119 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
9120 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
9121 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
9122 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
9123 system.slice as before.
9124
9125 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
9126
9127 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
9128 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
9129 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9130 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
9131 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
9132 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
9133 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9134
9135 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
9136
9137 CHANGES WITH 205:
9138
9139 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
9140
9141 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
9142 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
9143 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
9144 possible for system services and applications to group their
9145 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
9146 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
9147 together, or apply resource limits on them.
9148
9149 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
9150 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
9151 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
9152 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
9153 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
9154
9155 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
9156 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
9157 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
9158 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
9159
9160 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
9161 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
9162 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
9163 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
9164 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
9165 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
9166 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
9167 and useful as a general batch manager.
9168
9169 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
9170 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
9171 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
9172 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
9173 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
9174 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
9175 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
9176 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
9177 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
9178 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
9179
9180 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
9181 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
9182 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
9183 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
9184 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
9185 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
9186 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
9187 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
9188 is compile-time optional.
9189
9190 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
9191 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
9192 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
9193 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
9194 well as slice units.
9195
9196 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
9197 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
9198 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
9199 but will be extended later on to make more properties
9200 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
9201 command that wraps this call.
9202
9203 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
9204 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
9205 while configuring a number of settings via the command
9206 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
9207 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
9208 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
9209 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
9210
9211 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
9212 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
9213 off audit.
9214
9215 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
9216 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
9217
9218 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
9219 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
9220 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
9221 and system logs.
9222
9223 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
9224 snippets extending unit files.
9225
9226 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
9227 not available as public API.
9228
9229 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
9230 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
9231 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
9232
9233 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
9234 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
9235 controls what to boot into by default.
9236
9237 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
9238 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
9239
9240 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
9241 generators needed for execution, as well as information
9242 about the unit file loading.
9243
9244 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
9245 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
9246 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
9247 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
9248 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
9249 racy due to journal file rotation.
9250
9251 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
9252 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
9253 all services.
9254
9255 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
9256 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
9257 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
9258 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
9259 system services want to log events about specific client
9260 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
9261 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
9262 unit is requested.
9263
9264 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
9265 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
9266 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
9267 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
9268 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
9269 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9270 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
9271 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
9272 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
9273 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
9274 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
9275 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
9276 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
9277
9278 CHANGES WITH 204:
9279
9280 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
9281 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
9282
9283 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
9284 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
9285 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
9286
9287 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
9288 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9289
9290 CHANGES WITH 203:
9291
9292 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
9293 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
9294
9295 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
9296 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
9297 fields, including the root directory.
9298
9299 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
9300 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
9301 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
9302 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
9303 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
9304 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
9305 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
9306 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
9307 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
9308 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
9309 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
9310
9311 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
9312 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
9313
9314 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
9315 have taken an inhibitor lock.
9316
9317 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
9318 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
9319 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
9320 the local hostname.
9321
9322 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
9323 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
9324 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
9325 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
9326 VMs/containers coming and going.
9327
9328 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
9329 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
9330 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
9331
9332 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
9333 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
9334 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
9335 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
9336
9337 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
9338 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
9339 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
9340
9341 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
9342 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
9343 services. With the container's root directory in
9344 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
9345 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
9346
9347 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
9348 the processes within a certain container.
9349
9350 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
9351 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
9352 check though. Patches welcome!
9353
9354 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
9355 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
9356 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
9357 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
9358 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
9359
9360 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
9361 the passed argument if applicable.
9362
9363 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
9364 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
9365 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
9366 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
9367 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
9368 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
9369 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
9370 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9371
9372 CHANGES WITH 202:
9373
9374 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
9375 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
9376 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
9377 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
9378 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
9379 units activate.
9380
9381 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
9382 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
9383 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
9384 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
9385 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
9386 for now, and not installable.
9387
9388 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
9389 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
9390 can run in conjunction with udev.
9391
9392 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
9393 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
9394 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
9395 session manager.
9396
9397 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
9398 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
9399 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
9400 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
9401 services, user processes and containers/virtual
9402 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
9403 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
9404 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
9405 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
9406 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
9407 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
9408
9409 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
9410
9411 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
9412 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
9413 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
9414 logical expressions.
9415
9416 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
9417 switches.
9418
9419 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
9420 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
9421 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
9422 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
9423 the user.
9424
9425 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
9426 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
9427 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
9428 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
9429 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
9430 an entry.
9431
9432 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
9433 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9434 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
9435 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
9436 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
9437 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9438
9439 CHANGES WITH 201:
9440
9441 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
9442 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
9443 directory.
9444
9445 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
9446 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
9447 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
9448 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
9449 problem.
9450
9451 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
9452 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
9453 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
9454 before the key file is attempted to be read.
9455
9456 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
9457 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
9458
9459 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
9460 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
9461 files in this context are files such as
9462 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
9463
9464 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
9465 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
9466 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
9467 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
9468 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
9469 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
9470
9471 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
9472 hostnames.
9473
9474 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
9475 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
9476 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
9477 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
9478 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
9479 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
9480 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
9481 all time-related output of systemd.
9482
9483 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
9484 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
9485 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
9486 loops.
9487
9488 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
9489 (models, layouts, variants, options).
9490
9491 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
9492 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
9493 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
9494 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
9495 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
9496
9497 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
9498 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
9499 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
9500 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
9501 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
9502 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
9503 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
9504
9505 CHANGES WITH 200:
9506
9507 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
9508 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
9509 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
9510 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
9511 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
9512 middle ground between physical and access time order.
9513
9514 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
9515 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
9516 images.
9517
9518 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
9519 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
9520 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9521
9522 CHANGES WITH 199:
9523
9524 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
9525
9526 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
9527 security policy.
9528
9529 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
9530 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
9531 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
9532 shared by all processes of a service (which means
9533 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
9534 the same service can still access). When a service is
9535 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
9536 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
9537 this though).
9538
9539 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
9540 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
9541 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
9542 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
9543 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
9544 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
9545
9546 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
9547 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
9548
9549 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
9550 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
9551
9552 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
9553
9554 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
9555 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
9556 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
9557 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
9558 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
9559
9560 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
9561 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
9562 system is to be mounted.
9563
9564 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
9565 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
9566 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
9567 purpose for socket units.
9568
9569 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
9570 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
9571
9572 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
9573 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
9574 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
9575 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
9576 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
9577
9578 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
9579 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
9580 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
9581 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
9582 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
9583 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
9584 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
9585 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
9586 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9587
9588 CHANGES WITH 198:
9589
9590 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
9591 files without having to edit/override the unit files
9592 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
9593 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
9594 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
9595 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
9596 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
9597 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
9598 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
9599 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
9600 unit files locally: copying the files from
9601 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
9602 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
9603 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
9604 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
9605 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
9606 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
9607 for them too.
9608
9609 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
9610 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
9611 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
9612 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
9613 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
9614 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
9615 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
9616 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
9617 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
9618
9619 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
9620 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
9621
9622 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
9623 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
9624 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
9625 other users.
9626
9627 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
9628 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
9629 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
9630 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
9631 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
9632 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
9633 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
9634 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
9635 management logic is also available to other programs via the
9636 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
9637 supported.
9638
9639 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
9640 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
9641 the foreground VT.
9642
9643 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
9644 call.
9645
9646 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
9647 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
9648 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
9649 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
9650 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
9651 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
9652 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
9653 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
9654 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
9655 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
9656 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
9657 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
9658 also been removed.
9659
9660 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
9661 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
9662 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
9663 objects themselves.
9664
9665 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
9666
9667 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
9668 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
9669 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
9670 to how this is supported in shells.
9671
9672 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
9673 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
9674 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
9675 user systemd instance.
9676
9677 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
9678 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
9679 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
9680 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
9681 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
9682 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
9683 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
9684 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
9685 one day for good in the kernel.
9686
9687 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
9688 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
9689 container.
9690
9691 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
9692 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
9693 the host into the container.
9694
9695 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
9696 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
9697 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
9698 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
9699 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
9700 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
9701
9702 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
9703
9704 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
9705 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
9706 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
9707 configured to be mounted there.
9708
9709 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
9710 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
9711 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
9712 system resume events.
9713
9714 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
9715 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
9716 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
9717 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
9718
9719 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
9720 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
9721 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
9722 card).
9723
9724 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
9725 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
9726 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
9727
9728 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
9729 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
9730 later "change" event.
9731
9732 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
9733 now carry a message ID.
9734
9735 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
9736 continues to be work in progress.
9737
9738 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
9739 root directory to operate relative to.
9740
9741 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
9742 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
9743 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
9744 times a little.
9745
9746 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
9747 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
9748 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
9749 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
9750 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
9751 request boot into firmware operations.
9752
9753 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
9754 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
9755 correctly in initrds.
9756
9757 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
9758 compile time optional via a configure switch.
9759
9760 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
9761 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
9762
9763 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
9764 the status of all active or failed units.
9765
9766 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
9767 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
9768 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
9769 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
9770 requests more robust.
9771
9772 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
9773 reading journal files.
9774
9775 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
9776 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
9777
9778 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
9779
9780 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
9781 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
9782
9783 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
9784 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
9785 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
9786 socket activation in daemons.
9787
9788 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
9789 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
9790
9791 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
9792 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
9793 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
9794
9795 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
9796 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
9797 system units.
9798
9799 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
9800 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
9801 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
9802
9803 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
9804 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
9805 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
9806 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
9807 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
9808 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
9809 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
9810 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
9811 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
9812 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
9813 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
9814 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
9815 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
9816 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
9817 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
9818 package installation time.
9819
9820 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
9821 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
9822 scripts need to create these system user/group at
9823 installation time.
9824
9825 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
9826 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
9827
9828 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
9829
9830 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
9831 available.
9832
9833 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
9834 load SMACK policies at early boot.
9835
9836 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
9837 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
9838 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
9839 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
9840 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
9841 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
9842 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
9843 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
9844 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
9845 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
9846 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
9847 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
9848 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
9849 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
9850
9851 CHANGES WITH 197:
9852
9853 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
9854 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
9855 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
9856 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
9857 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
9858 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
9859 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
9860 the supported calendar time specification language see
9861 systemd.time(7).
9862
9863 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
9864 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
9865 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
9866 document for details:
9867
9868 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
9869
9870 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
9871 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
9872 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
9873 implementations around and minimal in its code and
9874 dependencies.
9875
9876 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
9877 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
9878 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
9879 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
9880 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
9881 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
9882 with a configure switch.
9883
9884 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
9885 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
9886 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
9887 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
9888 such as ext4.
9889
9890 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
9891 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
9892 identities are attached to the devices as well.
9893
9894 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
9895 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
9896
9897 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
9898 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
9899 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
9900 using only core OS tools.
9901
9902 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
9903 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
9904 implementation of socket activated nspawn
9905 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
9906 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
9907 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
9908 eventually.
9909
9910 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
9911 presenting log data.
9912
9913 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
9914 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
9915
9916 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
9917 system on idle.
9918
9919 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
9920 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
9921 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
9922 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
9923 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
9924 information if possible.
9925
9926 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
9927 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
9928 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
9929
9930 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
9931 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
9932 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
9933 is running on battery power.
9934
9935 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
9936 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
9937 is in the "failed" state.
9938
9939 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
9940 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
9941 environment files at once.
9942
9943 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
9944 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
9945 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
9946 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
9947 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
9948 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
9949 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
9950 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
9951 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
9952 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
9953 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
9954 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
9955 pieces of code locally from the git history.
9956
9957 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
9958 log the unit name in the message meta data.
9959
9960 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
9961 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
9962
9963 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
9964 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
9965 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
9966 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
9967 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
9968 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
9969 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
9970 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
9971 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
9972 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
9973 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
9974 shipped from us upstream.
9975
9976 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
9977 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
9978 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
9979 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
9980 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9981 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
9982 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
9983 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
9984 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
9985 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
9986 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
9987 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
9988 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9989
9990 CHANGES WITH 196:
9991
9992 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
9993 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
9994 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
9995 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
9996 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
9997 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
9998 becoming the one central database for non-essential
9999 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
10000 database was only attached to select devices, since the
10001 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
10002 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
10003 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
10004 data for all devices where this is available, by
10005 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
10006 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
10007 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
10008 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
10009 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
10010 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
10011
10012 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
10013 indexed database to link up additional information with
10014 journal entries. For further details please check:
10015
10016 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
10017
10018 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
10019 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
10020 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
10021 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
10022 macro for this purpose.
10023
10024 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
10025 Python logging framework.
10026
10027 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
10028 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
10029 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
10030 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
10031 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
10032 time intervals.
10033
10034 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
10035 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
10036 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
10037
10038 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
10039 right-away on the selected coredump.
10040
10041 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
10042 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
10043 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
10044
10045 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
10046 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
10047 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
10048 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
10049
10050 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
10051 default.
10052
10053 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
10054 SMACK security label.
10055
10056 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
10057 daylight saving change.
10058
10059 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
10060 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
10061 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
10062 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
10063 distributions who still need support this to either continue
10064 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
10065 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
10066
10067 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
10068 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
10069 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
10070 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
10071 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
10072 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
10073 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
10074
10075 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
10076 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
10077
10078 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
10079 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
10080 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
10081 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
10082 offline updating tools.
10083
10084 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
10085 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
10086 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
10087 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
10088 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
10089 directories for packages to place various data files in.
10090
10091 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
10092 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
10093
10094 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
10095 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
10096 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
10097 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
10098 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
10099 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
10100 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
10101 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
10102 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10103
10104 CHANGES WITH 195:
10105
10106 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
10107 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
10108 units via --unit=/-u.
10109
10110 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
10111 right thing.
10112
10113 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
10114 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
10115 rotation.
10116
10117 * The journal will now index the available field values for
10118 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
10119 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
10120 completion of journalctl has been updated
10121 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
10122 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
10123
10124 * More service events are now written as structured messages
10125 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
10126
10127 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
10128 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
10129 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
10130 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
10131 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
10132 these settings from the command line now, especially since
10133 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
10134 completion.
10135
10136 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
10137 extract coredumps from the journal.
10138
10139 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
10140 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
10141 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
10142 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
10143 scratch their heads.
10144
10145 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
10146 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
10147
10148 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
10149 in immediate termination of systemd.
10150
10151 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
10152 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
10153
10154 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
10155 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
10156 mouse screen support has been added.
10157
10158 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
10159 Server-Sent-Events as output.
10160
10161 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
10162 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
10163 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
10164 "systemctl reload".
10165
10166 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
10167 -u" instead.
10168
10169 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
10170 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
10171 configured.
10172
10173 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
10174 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
10175
10176 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
10177 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
10178 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
10179 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
10180 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
10181 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
10182 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
10183
10184 CHANGES WITH 194:
10185
10186 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
10187 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
10188 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
10189 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
10190 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
10191 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
10192 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
10193 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
10194 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
10195 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
10196 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
10197 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
10198
10199 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
10200 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
10201 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10202
10203 CHANGES WITH 193:
10204
10205 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
10206 starting from the specified location in the journal.
10207
10208 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
10209 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
10210 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
10211
10212 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
10213 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
10214 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
10215 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
10216 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
10217 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
10218 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
10219
10220 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
10221 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
10222
10223 This will download the journal contents in a
10224 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
10225
10226 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
10227
10228 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
10229 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
10230 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
10231 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
10232 screenshot of this app in its current state:
10233
10234 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
10235
10236 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
10237 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
10238
10239 CHANGES WITH 192:
10240
10241 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
10242 too.
10243
10244 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
10245 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
10246 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
10247 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
10248 just start them.
10249
10250 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
10251 and line break accordingly.
10252
10253 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10254 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
10255
10256 CHANGES WITH 191:
10257
10258 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
10259 container environment, copying the host's timezone
10260 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
10261 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
10262 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
10263
10264 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
10265 will default to 10 if omitted.
10266
10267 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
10268 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
10269 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
10270 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
10271 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
10272
10273 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
10274 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
10275 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
10276 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
10277 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
10278 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
10279 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
10280
10281 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
10282 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
10283 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
10284 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
10285 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
10286 into two.
10287
10288 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
10289 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
10290
10291 CHANGES WITH 190:
10292
10293 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
10294 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
10295 "systemctl status".
10296
10297 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
10298 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
10299 system to another place in the same file system could not be
10300 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
10301 field.)
10302
10303 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
10304 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
10305 default.
10306
10307 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
10308 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
10309 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
10310 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
10311 in a container.
10312
10313 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
10314 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
10315 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
10316 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
10317 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
10318 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
10319
10320 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
10321 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
10322 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
10323 no-op.
10324
10325 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
10326 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
10327 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
10328 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
10329 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
10330
10331 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
10332 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
10333
10334 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
10335 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
10336 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
10337 command.
10338
10339 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
10340 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
10341 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
10342
10343 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
10344
10345 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
10346 multiple files at once.
10347
10348 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
10349 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
10350 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
10351 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
10352 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
10353 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
10354 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
10355
10356 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
10357 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
10358 now support specifiers as well.
10359
10360 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
10361 dir: %_presetdir.
10362
10363 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
10364 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
10365
10366 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
10367 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
10368 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
10369 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
10370 anymore.
10371
10372 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
10373 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
10374 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
10375 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
10376
10377 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
10378 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
10379 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
10380
10381 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
10382 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
10383 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
10384 sockets.
10385
10386 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
10387 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
10388 is changed.
10389
10390 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
10391 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
10392 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
10393 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
10394 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
10395 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
10396 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
10397
10398 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
10399
10400 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
10401 the unit file label and client process label into account.
10402
10403 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
10404 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
10405
10406 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
10407 for the hostname (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
10408 (%b).
10409
10410 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
10411 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
10412 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10413 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
10414 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
10415 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
10416 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10417
10418 CHANGES WITH 189:
10419
10420 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
10421 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
10422
10423 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
10424 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
10425 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
10426 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
10427 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
10428 syslog daemons again.
10429
10430 * The libudev API gained the new
10431 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
10432
10433 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
10434 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
10435 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
10436 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
10437
10438 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
10439 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
10440 container.
10441
10442 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
10443 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
10444 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
10445 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
10446 this explaining it in more detail.
10447
10448 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
10449 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
10450 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
10451 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
10452
10453 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
10454 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
10455 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
10456 journal files.
10457
10458 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
10459 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
10460 as container init process a lot more fun.
10461
10462 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
10463 entries.
10464
10465 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
10466 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
10467 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
10468 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
10469 different sets of services.
10470
10471 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
10472 failure state.
10473
10474 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
10475 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
10476 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10477
10478 CHANGES WITH 188:
10479
10480 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
10481 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
10482 tree a lot more organized.
10483
10484 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
10485 may be used to group services in a natural way.
10486
10487 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
10488 services.
10489
10490 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
10491 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
10492 filtering by log level now.
10493
10494 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
10495 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
10496 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
10497
10498 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
10499 command lines involving service unit names.
10500
10501 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
10502 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
10503
10504 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
10505 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
10506 and encodes structured information about the error number.
10507
10508 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
10509 option.
10510
10511 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
10512 a shutdown is cancelled.
10513
10514 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
10515 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
10516 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
10517 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
10518 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
10519
10520 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
10521 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
10522 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
10523 for display managers instead.
10524
10525 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
10526 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
10527 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
10528 protection, and suchlike.
10529
10530 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
10531 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
10532 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
10533 the service.
10534
10535 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
10536 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
10537 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
10538 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
10539 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
10540 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10541
10542 CHANGES WITH 187:
10543
10544 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
10545 pages.
10546
10547 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
10548 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
10549 data loss.
10550
10551 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
10552 option.
10553
10554 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
10555
10556 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
10557 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
10558
10559 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
10560 specific directory.
10561
10562 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
10563 messages of two different boots.
10564
10565 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
10566 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
10567 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
10568
10569 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
10570 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
10571 disjunctions.
10572
10573 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
10574 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
10575 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
10576
10577 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
10578 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
10579 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
10580
10581 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
10582 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
10583 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
10584 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
10585 speed things up a bit.
10586
10587 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
10588 header data of journal files.
10589
10590 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services which may
10591 be used to apply deny lists or allow lists to system calls. This is
10592 based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
10593
10594 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
10595 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
10596 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
10597 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
10598
10599 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
10600
10601 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
10602 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
10603 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
10604 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10605
10606 CHANGES WITH 186:
10607
10608 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
10609 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
10610 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
10611 prefixed with rd.
10612
10613 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
10614 automatically generated at boot. Use:
10615
10616 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
10617
10618 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
10619
10620 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
10621
10622 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
10623 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
10624 as well.
10625
10626 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
10627 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
10628 in all appropriate directories automatically.
10629
10630 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
10631 does the right thing. Example:
10632
10633 udevadm info /dev/sda
10634 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
10635
10636 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
10637 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
10638 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
10639 running.
10640
10641 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
10642 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
10643
10644 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
10645 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
10646
10647 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
10648 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
10649 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
10650 files.
10651
10652 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
10653 be stopped that is not loaded.
10654
10655 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
10656
10657 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
10658
10659 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
10660 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
10661 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
10662 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
10663
10664 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
10665 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
10666 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
10667 completed initialization.
10668
10669 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
10670
10671 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
10672 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
10673 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
10674 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
10675 distributions.
10676
10677 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
10678 always valid when services log to the journal via
10679 STDOUT/STDERR.
10680
10681 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
10682 command line options we understand.
10683
10684 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
10685 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
10686
10687 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
10688 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
10689
10690 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
10691 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
10692 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
10693 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
10694
10695 systemctl status /home
10696 systemctl status /dev/sda
10697
10698 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
10699 system.conf parsing.
10700
10701 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
10702 Manager object.
10703
10704 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
10705
10706 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
10707
10708 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
10709 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
10710 complete.
10711
10712 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
10713 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
10714 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
10715 systemd-fsck@.service.
10716
10717 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
10718 Manager object.
10719
10720 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
10721 work sensibly.
10722
10723 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
10724 we actually understand.
10725
10726 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
10727 additional capabilities to the container.
10728
10729 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
10730 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
10731 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
10732
10733 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
10734 the current boot only.
10735
10736 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
10737 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
10738
10739 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
10740 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
10741 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
10742 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
10743 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
10744
10745 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
10746
10747 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
10748 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
10749 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
10750 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
10751
10752 CHANGES WITH 185:
10753
10754 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
10755 available.
10756
10757 * Several new man pages have been added.
10758
10759 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
10760 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
10761 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
10762 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
10763
10764 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
10765 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
10766
10767 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
10768 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
10769 Matthias Clasen
10770
10771 CHANGES WITH 184:
10772
10773 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
10774 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
10775
10776 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
10777 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
10778 daemon.
10779
10780 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
10781 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
10782
10783 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
10784 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
10785 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
10786 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
10787
10788 CHANGES WITH 183:
10789
10790 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
10791 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
10792 and systemd's most recent version number.
10793
10794 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
10795 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
10796 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
10797 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
10798 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
10799 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
10800
10801 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
10802 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
10803 subsystems.
10804
10805 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
10806 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
10807 used to subscribe to events.
10808
10809 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
10810 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
10811 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
10812 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
10813 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
10814 forked by udev rules.
10815
10816 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
10817 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
10818 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
10819 it.
10820
10821 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
10822 udev_monitor_from_socket()
10823 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
10824 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
10825 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
10826
10827 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
10828 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
10829
10830 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
10831 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
10832 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
10833 the files to the new names on upgrade.
10834
10835 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
10836 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
10837 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
10838 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
10839 to be used as drop-in files.
10840
10841 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
10842 particular suspending and hibernating.
10843
10844 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
10845 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
10846 about this in more detail.
10847
10848 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
10849 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
10850 places). Distributions which have not converted these
10851 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
10852 from git history and add them downstream.
10853
10854 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
10855 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
10856 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
10857 units.
10858
10859 * All smaller setup units (such as
10860 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
10861 are run in a container and are skipped when
10862 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
10863 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
10864
10865 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
10866 integrated, for details see:
10867 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
10868
10869 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
10870 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
10871 messages.
10872
10873 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
10874 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
10875 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
10876 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
10877 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
10878
10879 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
10880 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
10881 for all units started by PID 1.
10882
10883 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
10884 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
10885 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
10886
10887 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
10888 of PID 1 anymore.
10889
10890 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
10891 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
10892 have not been read by systemd yet.
10893
10894 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
10895 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
10896 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
10897 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
10898 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
10899 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
10900
10901 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
10902 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
10903
10904 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
10905
10906 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
10907 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
10908 so sexy.
10909
10910 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
10911 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
10912 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
10913 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
10914 patterns.
10915
10916 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
10917 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
10918 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
10919 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
10920
10921 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
10922 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
10923
10924 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
10925 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
10926 in systemd now.
10927
10928 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
10929 ID on the command line.
10930
10931 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
10932 for an init system.
10933
10934 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
10935 vt100.
10936
10937 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
10938
10939 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
10940 components now have directories of their own.
10941
10942 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
10943
10944 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
10945 container in other hierarchies.
10946
10947 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
10948 system.conf.
10949
10950 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
10951
10952 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
10953 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
10954
10955 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
10956 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
10957
10958 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
10959 locally generated journal files.
10960
10961 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
10962
10963 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
10964
10965 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
10966 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
10967 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
10968 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
10969 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
10970 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
10971 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
10972 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
10973 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
10974 Gundersen
10975
10976 CHANGES WITH 44:
10977
10978 * This is mostly a bugfix release
10979
10980 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
10981 KVM or container configured UUID.
10982
10983 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
10984
10985 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
10986
10987 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
10988 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
10989
10990 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
10991
10992 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
10993 folks
10994
10995 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
10996 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
10997 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
10998
10999 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
11000 configuration
11001
11002 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
11003 free fashion
11004
11005 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
11006 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
11007 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
11008 automatically generated data.
11009
11010 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
11011 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
11012 however.
11013
11014 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
11015 tarball.
11016
11017 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
11018 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
11019 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
11020 Reding
11021
11022 CHANGES WITH 43:
11023
11024 * This is mostly a bugfix release
11025
11026 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
11027
11028 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
11029
11030 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
11031 normal user logins.
11032
11033 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
11034 Biebl
11035
11036 CHANGES WITH 42:
11037
11038 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
11039
11040 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
11041 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
11042 xsltproc.
11043
11044 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
11045 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
11046 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
11047
11048 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
11049 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
11050 reboot can automatically be triggered.
11051
11052 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
11053
11054 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
11055 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
11056 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
11057
11058 CHANGES WITH 41:
11059
11060 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
11061 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
11062 package update.
11063
11064 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
11065 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
11066 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
11067
11068 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
11069 complete.
11070
11071 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
11072 understood to set system wide environment variables
11073 dynamically at boot.
11074
11075 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
11076
11077 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
11078 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
11079 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
11080 files.
11081
11082 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11083 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
11084 William Douglas
11085
11086 CHANGES WITH 40:
11087
11088 * This is mostly a bugfix release
11089
11090 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
11091 "Result" D-Bus property.
11092
11093 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
11094 the next few releases.)
11095
11096 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
11097 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
11098 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
11099 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
11100
11101 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
11102 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
11103 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
11104
11105 CHANGES WITH 39:
11106
11107 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
11108 bugfixes.
11109
11110 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
11111 resource usage.
11112
11113 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
11114 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
11115 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
11116 journals by the respective users.
11117
11118 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
11119 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
11120 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
11121
11122 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
11123 client for all entries.
11124
11125 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
11126
11127 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
11128 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
11129
11130 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
11131 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
11132 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
11133 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
11134
11135 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
11136 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
11137 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
11138
11139 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
11140 journal along with meta data.
11141
11142 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
11143 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
11144 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
11145
11146 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
11147 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
11148 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
11149
11150 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
11151
11152 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
11153 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
11154 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
11155 or fsck.
11156
11157 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
11158 requested with new -k switch.
11159
11160 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11161 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
11162
11163 CHANGES WITH 38:
11164
11165 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
11166 bugfixes.
11167
11168 * The git repository moved to:
11169 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
11170 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
11171
11172 * First release with the journal
11173 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
11174
11175 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
11176 systemd-stdout-bridge.
11177
11178 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
11179
11180 * Many systemadm clean-ups
11181
11182 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
11183 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
11184 remote mounts.
11185
11186 * Added Mageia support
11187
11188 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
11189
11190 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
11191 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
11192 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
11193 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
11194 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
11195
11196 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
11197 of existing distributions.
11198
11199 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
11200 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
11201
11202 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
11203 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
11204 boot.
11205
11206 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
11207
11208 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
11209 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
11210 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
11211 among other things.
11212
11213 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
11214 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
11215
11216 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
11217
11218 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
11219 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
11220 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
11221
11222 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
11223 restored.
11224
11225 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
11226 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
11227 kmod
11228
11229 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
11230 of /usr/local by default.
11231
11232 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
11233 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
11234 in:
11235 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
11236
11237 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
11238 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
11239 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
11240 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
11241 supported anyway, and bad style).
11242
11243 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
11244 reloading of units together.
11245
11246 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
11247 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
11248 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
11249 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
11250 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek